Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

Underwater civilization long ago. Click on the video link for pictures and information

Newly released video about the neutrino experiment in Antarctica and the withholding of information by the US Government.

Please click on the link here for the video as posted on Facebook.

Video link with information and additional knowledge. The energy supply is also briefly mention and a suggestion being a nuclear device. Could be but most of the underground installation are powered currently using a Hans Coler free energy device including the Dulce base.

Also suggested as monitor device for all kinds of movement within and outside water.

Using Google Earth open water surrounded by sea ice in which you can see a perfect circular structure below the Arctic water.

The base (or bases) was secret, so it stands to reason that such a facility (or facilities) would not be extensively documented or cataloged (or perhaps even mentioned), and until now has been proven that there are no UFO bases underneath the icy wastelands.

If you at them long enough, you might start to notice a strange geometric pattern — some of the peaks are oddly, perfectly pyramid-shaped. This, if you belong to certain corners of the internet, can only mean one thing: aliens.

This amazing structure is not something natural but an underwater base created by an alien race or a secret society who use the base for their secret “UFO” operations.

Besides, as the thinking goes, the base (or bases) was secret, so it stands to reason that such a facility (or facilities) would not be extensively documented or cataloged (or perhaps even mentioned), and it has not been proven that there are no UFO bases underneath the icy wastelands.

IT’S THE most outlandish alien theory yet. Beings from outer space establishing secret bases on Earth, and travelling in ships that are just as much at home beneath the sea as they are in the skies. Beyond belief? Perhaps. But a new book expounding the idea is written by one of the world’s most respected authorities on UFOs, Timothy Good, and his findings are supported by one of Britain’s most senior military men, retired Admiral of the Fleet Lord Hill-Norton.

Information on the Rigelian Reptilian Grays: 
LUNA-1 is the Rigelian base on the far side of the Moon. It includes a base, a mining operation using very large machines, and very large Alien Crafts or carrier ships. WAVENEST is the Rigelian base in the Atlantic Ocean, and includes an underwater Alien base, mining and big cigar-shaped crafts.

In addition:

Rigelians made contacts with certain members of the MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL ['Corporate' or 'Secret' government] complex from 1947-1971... 
The 'government' thought that the Grays meant us no harm, but in 1982 and 1988 the picture that emerged was exactly the opposite. The story now is one of great deception at several levels. 
The Grays 'Trojan Horse' style manipulation and lying involved MJ-12/MAJIC Forces (The CURRENT agreements with the Grays within the NSA-connected levels of the Military-Industrial Complex, some sources have implied, continue as a result of the large level of alien infiltration and mind-control that exists throughout certain levels of the Intelligence Community  
 
The inner core of the CIA/NSA is deeply controlled by the Grays... 
Working under the instructions of the aliens from Rigel, the CIA and former[?] Nazi scientists have developed and deployed malignant strains of bacteria and viruses, including AIDS, in order to exterminate 'undesirable' elements of the human population. 

More alien races mentioned in the secret report: 
1. Type A: Rigelian, Rigel, or the Gray 
2. Type B: 2-Reticulae, Z-Reticulae 1, or Grey 
3. Type C: 2-Reticulae, Z-Reticulae 2, or Grey 
4. Type D: Orion, Pleiades, or Nordic 
5. Type E: Barnard's Star, the Orange 

-  About the confrontation, Human and Alien at Dulce, eighty-two [82] people were killed between scientists and the National Recon Group (apparently 66 from special forces and 16 scientists!? - 
The DELTA GROUP, which is responsible for security of all Alien connected projects. Also, there were hundreds of other wounded people and one hundred thirty two [132] dead Aliens... 
The Dulce facility is the most well-known place where this [joint-interaction] activity occurs, although there are at least another twenty six [26] bases within the United States that have similar facilities... 

Communication with a higher source, often divine, is a familiar claim in all but a few.
The secrets of these groups are thought to be so profound that only a chosen, well-educated few are able to understand and use them. These men use their special knowledge for the benefit of all mankind. At least that is what they claim. How are we to know, since their knowledge and actions have been secret? Fortunately, some of it has become public knowledge.

The Dulce Base is run by a Board: 
	The Chairman of the Board is John Herrington
	Jim Baker of Tennessee is the NSA/CIA link to Dulce
	House speaker Jim Wright of Dallas Texas, the Nation's third highest office, is the Treasurer at Dulce. At that time there was as currently a power struggle going on, as Rep. William Thomas, R-California, put it, "Part of Jim Wright's problem is he fails to understand what's equitable and fair. 
It's the arrogance of power." Even among his fellow Democrats, many find Wright to be uncomfortable, Wright's operating style leaves him vulnerable.  
Most meetings of the Dulce Boards are held in Denver, Colorado and Taos, New Mexico. Former New Mexico Senator Harrison Schmitt -- publicly known as "Last Man on the Moon" -- has full knowledge of Dulce. He was one of seven astronauts to tour the base. In 1979, he held an "Animal Mutilation" conference in Albuquerque, New Mexico. This was used to locate researchers and determine what they had learned about the links between the 'Mute' operations and the Alien/Government deals.

 
Deep State/cabal/NWO/WEF
We will close this section by quoting from one more installment of the BLUE PLANET 
PROJECT: 
THE METAGENE FACTOR: The Metagene is a biological variant lying dormant in select members of the human race [especially on planet earth], until an instant of extraordinary physical and emotional over-stress activates it. (Apparently a latent self-preservation 'gene' capable of producing seemingly 'superhuman' abilities in earth humans during times of extreme stress or crisis. - Branton)  
 
That's an energochemical, in response to adverse stimuli. A 
chromosomal combustion takes place, as the Metagene takes the 
source of biostress, be it chemical, radioactivity, or what ever and turns the potential energoresponse into a catalyst for genetic change. 
The main focus of the catalyst power is a gland in the middle of the human brain called the PINEAL gland, and the nutrient for increasing the Pineal's action is the adrenaline. The Metagene factor gives the ability of Psionic Power [for better or worse].  
 
The main interest of the Aliens, especially the Grays, is to understand 
and control the Metagene for their own race. They try to do this using 
Biological Experiments to make Hybrids from both humans and aliens. 
They believe perhaps the MEN FROM PLANET EARTH ARE THE 
DEADLIEST CREATURES IN THE UNIVERSE. Because ONLY on 
Earth people are apparently capable of generating the Metagene 
Factor, which means Natural Psionics ability, "Real Power" 
(Note: Power for good OR evil, you might say. 




One of the reasons that humans on earth are being controlled/harnessed as is the case with the Nazi-NSA-Military-Industrial space forces, or DENIED advanced interplanetary technology as in the case of those who have NOT been brought under their control, is simply because the aliens -- especially the malevolents -- are terrified that if a FREE non-collectivist human society from earth gets a foothold in space, then they/we would pose a deadly threat to their alien agendas of conquest and manipulation throughout the galaxy. This is why they are INTENT on taming or arnessing 
the Metagene factor as they have done with the fascist forces based in Antarctica via massive mind control, so that these forces can be channeled as 'human shields' or 'warriors' to fight their battles in space against interstellar cultures who would otherwise resist the activities of the draconian collective.  

On the morning of September 4, 1971, four members of the National Geographic Institute of Costa Rica were flying in a twin-engine aircraft 10,000 ft above Lake Cote, near the Central American state’s forbidding Arenal volcano. A special map-making camera was slung underneath their plane. It was automatic and large-format, and every 20 seconds it took another photograph of the lake beneath. When the photographs were developed, one of the frames showed what seemed to be a metallic disc about 160 ft in diameter, which had just left, or was on the point of entering, the lake. It was giving off light, and had made a sudden maneuver at the instant the photo was taken. The object showed up on neither the previous frame of film nor the one afterwards.

What few people realize is that USOs-Unidentified Submersible Objects – have been reported for almost as long. Sometimes, as in the mysterious incident at Lake Cote, a UFO can be seen transforming itself into a USO, or vice versa.

Lake Cote is extremely deep, and there have been numerous other reports of unknown submersible craft entering and leaving it. Local fishermen, out on the lake in the small hours, have seen various objects below them, giving off colored lights. Sometimes the movement of these objects has caused the men to lose their balance and risk plunging into the water. They have also been blamed for a reduction in the fish population. One morning, around 9am, two men heard a metallic noise coming from the lake and saw an object emerge

Birds at Grand Cote
Birds at Grand Cote (Photo credit: USFWS Headquarters)

What few people realize is that USOs-Unidentified Submersible Objects – have been reported for almost as long. Sometimes, as in the mysterious incident at Lake Cote, a UFO can be seen transforming itself into a USO, or vice versa.

Lake Cote is extremely deep, and there have been numerous other reports of unknown submersible craft entering and leaving it. Local fishermen, out on the lake in the small hours, have seen various objects below them, giving off colored lights. Sometimes the movement of these objects has caused the men to lose their balance and risk plunging into the water. They have also been blamed for a reduction in the fish population. One morning, around 9am, two men heard a metallic noise coming from the lake and saw an object emerge

ge that was shaped like a submarine with three ‘domes’ on its top. It hung there for a few seconds, then shot off towards the mountains to the north. Other USO’s have been seen in lakes and open seas around the world, sometimes giving out light, sometimes deeply submerged, sometimes just below the surface, sometimes skimming across it – and sometimes, as at Lake Cote, entering or leaving.

ge that was shaped like a submarine with three ‘domes’ on its top. It hung there for a few seconds, then shot off towards the mountains to the north. Other USO’s have been seen in lakes and open seas around the world, sometimes giving out light, sometimes deeply submerged, sometimes just below the surface, sometimes skimming across it – and sometimes, as at Lake Cote, entering or leaving.

Underwater entrance to inner earth. Plus or minus 400 meter deep. Discovered and used by adapted German U boats.

THERE is one place in the world where reports of Unidentified Submersible Objects are particularly frequent, and particularly strange. Puerto Rico, the Caribbean’s so called Island of Enchantment, lies in one corner of the area that has become known as the Bermuda Triangle, renowned for the disappearances of ships and boats, and for sightings of ‘flying saucers’. It is here, in this former US. colony, whose politics and defense are still inextricably bound up with America, that much of my research into the USO phenomenon has focused.

Margarita, 15 miles out in the Atlantic, many fishermen, as well as commercial and private pilots, claim to have seen USOs entering or emerging from the sea. Fisherman Aristides Medina said: ‘Once, I was fishing late at night and two of them passed under my boat, radiating a blue light. On other occasions, I have seen them when they emerge from the water and fly away at great speed.’ He has also seen them plunge into the water – and always in the same area of the sea. It would seem these objects have definite preferences as to which part of the ocean they choose to emerge from and enter.

REMARKABLY vivid sighting was reported by a diver called Inocencia Cataquet. He was in the water off Pena Blancas in the north-east of the island when he came across what appeared to be a disc-shaped submersible craft, lying on the seabed. The craft seemed to be camouflaged with a sand-like material in order to blend in with its surroundings. Next to it lay a rectangular object, with a transparent cable, which was moving around in the water. As if in reaction to the divers presence, the cable was suddenly retracted.

Unnerved, Cataquet raced for the surface – in time to see the disc emerge from the water with a loud buzzing sound and fly away. WHAT is going on here? If strange metallic craft are emerging from the waters around Puerto Rico on anything like a regular basis, it is inconceivable that the military authorities could be unaware of it.

No need to worry are only illusions, our authorities worldwide are very consistent in their response. Their are no aliens we are the only highly advanced civilization in the universe. Life itself as we know it an accident.

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reels

Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem,why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Ukraine sold

Same as usual. Biden is more corrupt than Zelensky. How can just 1 man destroy the US/ World?

Bio-terror as a method of government.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

‘Censorship-industrial complex’

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

How does it work, click link for video about what was once the Military Industrial complex.

USA

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • The United States has been unique in its dedication to free speech, but that Constitutional right has been slowly eroded in the name of national security and protecting public health
  • In 1950, Sen. Joseph McCarthy claimed to have proof of a communist spy ring within the U.S. State Department. The lesson from that time was the destructive power of accusation
  • In 2017, an organization called Hamilton 68 claimed to have proof showing hundreds of Russian-affiliated Twitter accounts manipulated the U.S. election to get Trump into the White House. It turned out to be a complete hoax, but media never updated the public with that truth
  • In 1948, the same year the CIA launched Project Mockingbird, the U.S. Information and Educational Exchange Act (aka the Smith-Mundt Act) became law, which forbade the U.S. government from pushing propaganda onto the U.S. population. President Barrack Obama repealed this law in 2013, thereby legalizing the propagandizing of Americans
  • For propaganda to be truly successful, especially in the long term, you also need censorship, and in the U.S., this requires the undermining of free speech rights. The undermining of free speech took off at the end of 2016, when Obama signed into law the Countering Foreign Propaganda and Disinformation Act, which opened the door to an offensive information war against the public

In a March 28, 2023, article titled “A Guide to Understanding the Hoax of the Century,”1,2 Jacob Siegel, senior editor of Tablet magazine’s afternoon news digest, News and The Scroll, discusses the emergence of the “disinformation industrial complex,” which is the topic of his forthcoming book.

The United States has been unique in its dedication to free speech, but that Constitutional right is rapidly eroding in the name of national security and protecting public health.

Siegel traces the early days of the information war to Sen. Joseph McCarthy, who in 1950 claimed to have proof of a communist spy ring within the U.S. State Department. Initially, he claimed to have the names of 205 communist spies. A day later, he revised it to 57. However, the inconsistency is not the point.

“The point was the power of the accusation,” Siegel says. “For more than half a century, McCarthyism stood as a defining chapter in the worldview of American liberals: a warning about the dangerous allure of blacklists, witch hunts, and demagogues.”

Blacklists and Witch Hunts Return

By 2017, American liberals had seemingly forgotten that lesson, as mainstream media pundits accused Donald Trump of being a Manchurian candidate installed by Russia. An organization called Hamilton 68 claimed to have proof showing hundreds of Russian-affiliated Twitter accounts manipulated the U.S. election to get Trump into the White House.

As it turns out, none of these accusations were true and Hamilton 68 turned out to be a “high-level hoax.” Most of the accounts were Americans engaged in organic conversations, which Hamilton 68 arbitrarily described as “Russian scheming.” Twitter’s safety officer, Yoel Roth, even admitted the company had labeled “real people” — again, mostly Americans — as “Russian stooges without evidence or recourse.”

A key difference between the McCarthy and Hamilton 68 episodes was that journalists, U.S. intelligence agencies and Congressional members didn’t swallow McCarthy’s accusations without chewing. When the witch hunt against Trump took off, anyone who questioned the accusations was attacked as a co-conspirator.

Media even refused to report on the evidence proving that Hamilton 68 was a complete scam. The level of disinterest in the truth suggested that American liberalism “had lost faith in the promise of freedom and embraced a new ideal,” Siegel writes.

Propaganda and Censorship — Two Sides of the Same Coin

Propaganda is as old as humanity itself, but the modern version of it can be traced back to 1948, when the CIA’s Office of Special Projects launched Operation Mockingbird, a clandestine CIA media infiltration campaign that involved bribing hundreds of journalists to publish fake stories at the CIA’s request.

The dismissal of conspiracy theories and conspiracy theorists as mentally unstable crackpots was one of the tactics invented by the CIA at this time. Its intent was (and still is) to marginalize and demoralize anyone who questions the fabricated narrative.

It’s quite telling that Operation Mockingbird was launched the same year the U.S. Information and Educational Exchange Act (aka the Smith-Mundt Act) became law, which forbade the U.S. government from pushing propaganda onto the U.S. population.

This anti-propaganda law was repealed in 2013 by then-President Barrack Obama. So, since July 2013, the U.S. government and CIA have been legally permitted to propagandize U.S. citizens. In addition to the simplification of global coordination of news by way of news agencies, this is yet another reason why propaganda has flourished and grown exponentially in recent years.

The undermining of free speech took off at the end of 2016, when Obama signed into law the Countering Foreign Propaganda and Disinformation Act, which opened the door to an offensive information war against the public.

But for propaganda to be truly successful, especially in the long term, you also need censorship — a concept wildly opposed in the U.S. until recently — and censorship, at least in America, requires the undermining of free speech rights.

As noted by Siegel, the effort to undercut free speech really took off at the end of 2016, when Obama signed into law the Countering Foreign Propaganda and Disinformation Act, which opened the door to “an open-ended, offensive information war” against the general public.

Seemingly overnight, “misinformation” and “disinformation” were said to pose an urgent existential threat to national security, freedom, democracy and, later, to public health. We’re now told we must eliminate misinformation to preserve free speech, which is so twisted that no Constitutionally-literate person can make sense of it.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

The Acceleration of Free Speech Elimination

By repealing the Smith-Mundt Act, and signing into law the Countering Foreign Propaganda and Disinformation Act, Obama laid the legal groundwork for government control of speech in the U.S. Since then, a sprawling disinformation industrial complex has emerged, which seeks to control the internet and all information in it.

As described by Siegel, the U.S. national security infrastructure has now fused with social media platforms, which is where the information war is being fought. The national mobilization against disinformation has also been expanded from a whole-of-government approach to a whole-of-society approach.

In a 2018 document, the State Department’s Global Engagement Center (GEC) calls for “leveraging expertise from across government, tech and marketing sectors, academia, and NGO’s.” “This is how the government-created ‘war against disinformation’ became the great moral crusade of its time,” Siegel writes.

Of course, media have also played a significant role in the “whole-of-society response” to disinformation, but they are “by far the weakest player in the counter-disinformation complex,” Seigel notes, adding:3

“The American press, once the guardian of democracy, was hollowed out to the point that it could be worn like a hand puppet by the U.S. security agencies and party operatives.

It would be nice to call what has taken place a tragedy, but an audience is meant to learn something from a tragedy. As a nation, America not only has learned nothing, it has been deliberately prevented from learning anything while being made to chase after shadows.

This is not because Americans are stupid; it’s because what has taken place is not a tragedy but something closer to a crime. Disinformation is both the name of the crime and the means of covering it up; a weapon that doubles as a disguise.

The crime is the information war itself, which was launched under false pretenses and by its nature destroys the essential boundaries between the public and private and between the foreign and domestic, on which peace and democracy depend.

By conflating the anti-establishment politics of domestic populists with acts of war by foreign enemies, it justified turning weapons of war against American citizens. It turned the public arenas where social and political life take place into surveillance traps and targets for mass psychological operations.

The crime is the routine violation of Americans’ rights by unelected officials who secretly control what individuals can think and say. What we are seeing now, in the revelations exposing the inner workings of the state-corporate censorship regime, is only the end of the beginning.

The United States is still in the earliest stages of a mass mobilization that aims to harness every sector of society under a singular technocratic rule.

The mobilization, which began as a response to the supposedly urgent menace of Russian [election] interference, now evolves into a regime of total information control that has arrogated to itself the mission of eradicating abstract dangers such as error, injustice, and harm — a goal worthy only of leaders who believe themselves to be infallible, or comic-book supervillains.”

Phase 2 of the Information War — Total Control

The COVID pandemic was a significant part of Phase 1 in the information war, although the war on public perception began years earlier. As noted by Siegel, the COVID phase was “marked by distinctively human displays of incompetence and brute-force intimidation.” Phase 2 will undoubtedly be carried out by artificial intelligence, now thoroughly trained to identify the greatest triggers of fear and panic, both on an individual and societal basis.

We can also expect censorship by algorithm. It will no longer be a game of whack-a-mole with humans tagging posts and requesting their removal. Instead, messages containing certain words simply won’t go anywhere and won’t be seen. Spoken and written key words will be automatically flagged and deleted or barred from posting by AI.

AI-based bots and “sock puppets” (fake accounts) can also be launched across platforms and be algorithmically amplified to alter the perceptions of billions in real time. We saw this trend emerging during the first round of COVID, where multiple accounts were posting the same “original” message, verbatim, at the same time.

As noted by Siegel, the end goal of all this information wrangling is control. Not partial control, but total. Over everything and everyone. This is also why we will never see a government authority admit they spread disinformation themselves, even though, technically, they’ve been guilty of such on numerous occasions over the last three years.

They dismissed the Hunter Biden laptop as Russian disinformation, even though U.S. intelligence had proof that it, and its contents, were real. They claimed the lab leak theory was a racist conspiracy, even though, privately, the scientific consensus was that the virus came from a lab. They told us the COVID jabs would stop transmission, even though that was never tested in the first place. The list goes on.

“Disinformation, now and for all time, is whatever they say it is,” Siegel writes.4 “That is not a sign that the concept is being misused or corrupted; it is the precise functioning of a totalitarian system.”

Partners in Crime

Siegel isn’t the only one calling out the information war as a crime. In another Tablet article titled “Partners in Crime,”5 New Civil Liberties Alliance attorney Jenin Younes reviews evidence from the Missouri legal case6 against the Biden administration showing how government and Big Tech built “a whole-of-system censorship campaign” in clear violation of the First Amendment.

Internal Meta documents obtained by the House Judiciary Committee’s Select Subcommittee on Weaponization of the Federal Government in July 2023 has also fleshed out the story of how state-sponsored censorship came to be the official policy of so many private companies.

The evidence shows that Facebook and other social media companies did not take it upon themselves to become arbiters of truth. Rather, they were aggressively pressured to do so by Biden administration officials, and officials within various federal agencies. Sometimes they did meekly follow the direction given, but even in cases where they tried to push back, they eventually had to fall in line for fear of government retaliation.

“While other lawsuits alleging First Amendment violations based on government involvement in social media censorship have been filed over the past two years, Missouri [v. Biden] has proven uniquely successful,” Younes writes.7

“When the complaint was filed in May of 2022, the main proof the Missouri plaintiffs had were public statements from high-ranking members of the administration, including former White House Press Secretary Jennifer Psaki, Surgeon General Vivek Murthy, and President Biden himself.

The plaintiffs cited public statements of government officials unabashedly proclaiming they were flagging posts for social media companies to censor; openly criticizing the companies for inadequate removal of content (especially anything that cast doubt on the safety and efficacy of the COVID-19 vaccines); accusing tech executives of ‘killing people’ for not adequately censoring so-called misinformation; and threatening to hold them accountable should they refuse to comply.

Judge Terrence Doughty ordered discovery at an early stage of litigation … For the first time, the public became aware of the Biden administration’s clandestine censorship operation, which began a mere three days after President Biden’s inauguration …

By February of 2021, then-White House Director of Digital Media Robert Flaherty had intensified the administration’s tactics … He began bullying companies — using expletives, wielding accusations, and making demands — in his efforts to get them to remove content that he claimed might cause people to decline vaccines …

On numerous occasions, Brian Rice and other Meta employees sent the White House detailed lists of agreed-upon policy changes after initial attempts to assuage Mr. Flaherty’s wrath proved unsuccessful.

On July 4 of this year, Judge Doughty granted the plaintiffs’ request for a preliminary injunction in Missouri, observing that ‘the present case arguably involves the most massive attack against free speech in United States’ history,’ and describing the administration’s censorship regime as akin to an ‘Orwellian Ministry of Truth.’

Crucial to the outcome was the court’s finding8 that the Biden administration and various federal executive agencies coerced, pressured, and encouraged social media companies to suppress First Amendment protected speech, converting otherwise private action into that of the state.

The core principle at issue, which forbids the government to co-opt private industry to circumvent constitutional prohibitions, is known as ‘state action doctrine.’ Without it, the Bill of Rights would be worthless.

Police could, for instance, hire a private company to search your home despite lacking probable cause, in order to get around the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition against warrantless searches and seizures. Or the government could evade the guarantees of Equal Protection in the 14th Amendment by funding racially segregated private schools.

The judge agreed with the plaintiffs in Missouri v. Biden that … since the First Amendment prohibits government from abridging freedom of speech, the Constitution cannot be read to permit government to commandeer private companies to accomplish its viewpoint-based censorship aims.”

Direct Evidence of Coercion

While the initial evidence suggested the Biden administration was the driving force behind the media censorship, it was still circumstantial. That changed in late July 2023, when internal Meta documents were obtained by the Subcommittee on Weaponization of the Federal Government.

According to Younes, “These documents tie the knot: They unequivocally establish that but for the Biden administration’s strong-arm tactics, certain viewpoints would not have been suppressed.”

For example, in a July 2021 email, Meta’s head of global affairs, Nick Clegg, asked Brian Rice, who was in charge of Facebook’s content policy, why they had removed, rather than flagged or demoted, claims that SARS-CoV-2 was manmade.

Rice replied, “Because we were under pressure from the [Biden] administration and others to do more and it was part of the ‘more’ package.” He ended the email saying, “We shouldn’t have done it.”

“Not only did Rice explicitly state that pressure from the White House caused Meta to remove content endorsing the lab leak theory of COVID’s origins, he also expressed remorse for this decision.

These new documents also prove that the removal of ‘vaccine discouraging content’ occurred because of government pressure,” Younes writes.

Clegg, for example, told Andy Slavitt, former White House senior adviser for the COVID response, that removing humorous memes disparaging the COVID jab — as demanded by Slavitt — “would represent a significant incursion into traditional boundaries of free expression in the U.S.” Slavitt insisted and brushed off Clegg’s concerns as immaterial, and in the end, Clegg acquiesced to avoid potential retaliation.

Quid Pro Quo

Younes continues:9

“The White House’s coercive tactics had the desired effect. Both Clegg and [Meta COO Sheryl] Sandberg urged acquiescence to avoid adverse consequences. In Clegg’s words, ‘Sheryl is keen that we continue to explore some moves that we can make to show that we are trying to be responsive to the WH.’

He explained that the company’s ‘current course … is a recipe for protracted and increased acrimony with the WH as the vaccine roll out continues to stutter through the Fall and Winter. Given the bigger fish we have to fry with the Administration — data flows etc — that doesn’t seem a great place for us to be.’

Thus, ‘given what is at stake here, it would also be a good idea if we could regroup to take stock of where we are in our relations with the WH, and our internal methods too.’ The ‘data flow’ referenced a dispute Meta was having with the European Union at the time over transfer of users’ data. If resolved in favor of the EU, Meta could face significant fines.

As Twitter files journalist Michael Shellenberger and his co-authors recently explained in analyzing this exchange, ‘the series of events suggests a quid pro quo. Facebook would bow to White House requests for censorship in exchange for its help with the European Union.’”

First Amendment Seeks to Prevent Suppression of Dissent

As noted by Younes, President Biden had promised to make mass vaccination against COVID central to his agenda. The problem was, a great many Americans didn’t feel comfortable being injected with an experimental gene therapy that had no long-term safety data.

This was an impediment to Biden’s political agenda, and rather than acknowledging that the mass vaccination campaign was ill received, the White House simply scapegoated social media instead.

It was their fault that Americans weren’t rolling up their sleeves in sufficient numbers. Internal Meta emails attest to the fact that employees felt they were being used as scapegoats whenever the vaccination campaign wasn’t going as hoped.

“A government using its power to suppress dissent is precisely what the First Amendment sought to prevent,” Younes notes.

“‘Freedom of speech is a principal pillar of a free government: When this support is taken away, the constitution of a free society is dissolved,’ Benjamin Franklin, one of the Founding Fathers, famously wrote.

The first president of the United States, George Washington, once said, ‘If men are to be precluded from offering their sentiments on a matter, which may involve the most serious and alarming consequences that can invite the consideration of mankind, reason is of no use to us; the freedom of speech may be taken away, and dumb and silent we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter.’

Let us hope that when the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals, and probably the Supreme Court, consider these cases in the upcoming months, they interpret the First Amendment as the Constitution’s Framers understood it. Otherwise, the future of free speech, and liberty itself, is in grave danger.”

In closing, while Younes recognizes the terrible threat state-sponsored censorship poses, he doesn’t follow the bread crumbs as far as Siegel does. Younes seems to believe the government censorship network came about to protect Biden’s political goals, but it’s way bigger than that.

Like Siegel states, the end goal is global control. To get there, those seeking that control must create a total stranglehold on all information, because that’s how you best control a population.

What’s more, this stranglehold is global. It’s not an American phenomenon that sprung up because Biden wanted to get a jab in every arm. COVID censorship is happening in every country, and every country needs to investigate what role, if any, their governments played in the suppression of truth.

https://articles.mercola.com/sites/mercola/special-content/dynamic-ending-ad-super-foods.aspx?cid_medium=email

OPINION

Twitter Files journalist Matt Taibbi warns of the emerging ‘censorship-industrial complex’


‘The ‘Censorship-Industrial Complex’ is just the Military-Industrial Complex reborn for the ‘hybrid warfare’ age.’

Featured ImageMatt Taibbi on the Joe Rogan Experience podcastJoe Rogan Experience / YouTube


Frank Wright

Please click on link!

Thu May 11, 2023 – 1:29 pm EDT

Listen to this article

0:00 / 5:021X

BeyondWords

(LifeSiteNews) — With a post on Zerohedge yesterday, journalist Matt Taibbi builds on the revelations of the Twitter Files with an introduction to the Western censorship industry. 

Detailing the top 50 companies engaged in narrative control, the report is credited to Susan Schmidt, Andrew Lowenthal, Tom Wyatt, Techno Fog, and 3 others via Racket News.

A comprehensive guide to the forces arrayed against free speech, the report begins with the dire warning of Dwight D Eisenhower against the power of a growing “military-industrial complex,” which would one day destroy democracy. 

Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals, so that security and liberty may prosper together.

Eisenhower would be proud of Taibbi’s work, who with the Twitter Files has done much to expose just how far these forces have corrupted not only American democracy, but have captured the media of the formerly free world. 

As Taibbi says:

The ‘Censorship-Industrial Complex’ is just the Military-Industrial Complex reborn for the ‘hybrid warfare’ age.

This is the reason he has joined this effort to document and expose the institutions who work to keep you safe from the dangers of free speech. 

— Article continues below Petition —

Urge Elon Musk to label the CBC as ‘Government-funded Media’ on Twitter

  Show Petition Text

3921 have signed the petition.

Let’s get to 4000!

Add your signature:Country…USACanadaAaland IslandsAfghanistanAlbaniaAlgeriaAmerican SamoaAndorraAngolaAnguillaAntarcticaAntigua and BarbudaArgentinaArmeniaArubaAustraliaAustriaAzerbaijanBahamasBahrainBangladeshBarbadosBelarusBelgiumBelizeBeninBermudaBhutanBoliviaBosnia and HerzegovinaBotswanaBouvet IslandBrazilBritish Indian Ocean TerritoryBrunei DarussalamBulgariaBurkina FasoBurundiCambodiaCameroonCape VerdeCayman IslandsCentral African RepublicChadChileChinaChristmas IslandCocos (Keeling) IslandsColombiaComorosCongoCook IslandsCosta RicaCote D’IvoireCroatiaCubaCuracaoCyprusCzech RepublicDemocratic Republic of the CongoDenmarkDjiboutiDominicaDominican RepublicEcuadorEgyptEl SalvadorEquatorial GuineaEritreaEstoniaEthiopiaFalkland IslandsFaroe IslandsFijiFinlandFranceFrench GuianaFrench PolynesiaFrench Southern TerritoriesGabonGambiaGeorgiaGermanyGhanaGibraltarGreeceGreenlandGrenadaGuadeloupeGuamGuatemalaGuernseyGuineaGuinea-BissauGuyanaHaitiHeard and McDonald IslandsHondurasHong KongHungaryIcelandIndiaIndonesiaIranIraqIrelandIsle of ManIsraelItalyJamaicaJapanJerseyJordanKazakhstanKenyaKiribatiKuwaitKyrgyzstanLao People’s Democratic RepublicLatviaLebanonLesothoLiberiaLibyaLiechtensteinLithuaniaLuxembourgMacauMacedoniaMadagascarMalawiMalaysiaMaldivesMaliMaltaMarshall IslandsMartiniqueMauritaniaMauritiusMayotteMexicoMicronesiaMoldovaMonacoMongoliaMontenegroMontserratMoroccoMozambiqueMyanmarNamibiaNauruNepalNetherlandsNetherlands AntillesNew CaledoniaNew ZealandNicaraguaNigerNigeriaNiueNorfolk IslandNorth KoreaNorthern Mariana IslandsNorwayOmanPakistanPalauPalestinePanamaPapua New GuineaParaguayPeruPhilippinesPitcairnPolandPortugalPuerto RicoQatarRepublic of KosovoReunionRomaniaRussiaRwandaSaint BarthelemySaint HelenaSaint Kitts and NevisSaint LuciaSaint MartinSaint Pierre and MiquelonSaint Vincent and the GrenadinesSamoaSan MarinoSao Tome and PrincipeSaudi ArabiaSenegalSerbiaSeychellesSierra LeoneSingaporeSint MaartenSlovakiaSloveniaSolomon IslandsSomaliaSouth AfricaSouth Georgia and the South Sandwich IslandsSouth KoreaSouth SudanSpainSri LankaSudanSurinameSvalbard and Jan Mayen IslandsSwazilandSwedenSwitzerlandSyriaTaiwanTajikistanTanzaniaThailandTimor-LesteTogoTokelauTongaTrinidad and TobagoTunisiaTurkeyTurkmenistanTurks and Caicos IslandsTuvaluUgandaUkraineUnited Arab EmiratesUnited KingdomUnited States Minor Outlying IslandsUruguayUzbekistanVanuatuVatican CityVenezuelaVietnamVirgin Islands (British)Virgin Islands (U.S.)Wallis and Futuna IslandsWestern SaharaYemenZambiaZimbabweNot Collected

Keep me updated via email on this petition and related issues. Sign this Petition

A handy guide to the enemies of freedom 

The team hopes that this list will help readers, writers and journalists make better informed decisions about the provenance of their information. Taibbi continued:

‘The Top 50 List’ is intended as a resource for reporters and researchers beginning their journey toward learning the scale and ambition of the ‘Censorship-Industrial Complex.’

The list is in a handy magazine format, noting factors such as funding, the type of organization throttling speech, where they come from and how they do it. Taibbi’s remarks also reveal something of the dark arts – how these and other agents isolate and neutralize people who, in their view, have had too much to think. 

Of course, these organizations are often presented as providing a service to the public good, keeping them safe from the contamination of unsterilized ideas. They call themselves “anti-disinformation” groups, fighting what the RAND Corporation recently called “truth decay.” How nice of them! Taibbi explains how they go about their selfless and principled work – to keep anyone anywhere from developing a think problem.

Taibbi writes:

Many anti-disinformation groups adhere to the same formulaic approach to research, often using the same ‘hate-mapping,’ guilt-by-association-type analysis to identify wrong-thinkers and suppressive persons.

There is even a tendency to use what one Twitter Files source described as the same ‘hairball’ graphs.

An example of a ‘hairball graph’ from the Omidyar Group (no 27 in the report)

The idea of protecting people from free speech is as ridiculous as it is sinister. As Tucker Carlson noted in his recent move to Twitter, without the freedom of speech you have no others. 

It is for this reason it is obvious that free speech is a danger to democracy. Democracy, that is, as it is understood by the people who are destroying it – in order to defend it. This is no paranoid flight of fancy. Taibbi continues:

Together, these groups are fast achieving what Eisenhower feared: the elimination of ‘balance’ between the democratic need for liberalizing laws and institutions, and the vigilance required for military preparation.

Before handing the floor to the fifty foremost agents of information warfare, Taibbi notes an important dimension of the rising power of the censorship industry. In seeking to stigmatize and marginalize any narrative in disagreement with that of the regime and its ideology, it hopes to train the general public to consider free speech a threat.  

It is a form of aversion therapy, where the specters of hate, extremism, foreign interference and misinformation are invoked to warn people off anything that the elites do not want you to see. 

Democratic society requires the nourishment of free debate, disagreement, and intellectual tension, but the groups below seek instead that ‘shared vocabulary’ to deploy on the hybrid battlefield.

They propose to serve as the guardians of that ‘vocabulary,’ which sounds very like the scenario Ike outlined in 1961, in which ‘public policy could itself become the captive of a scientific and technological elite.’

This report is a welcome addition to the arsenal of freedom, with dystopian censorship bills and legal penalties attached to anything the regime defines as “hate speech.” The march of this capture has not been halted by this report, but its comprehensive nature means it is very likely to remain a stone in the shoe of information suppression for a long time.  

The ‘Censorship-Industrial Complex’: Report Names Top 50 Groups Working to Censor Americans

Journalist Matt Taibbi’s Racket News on Wednesday published a comprehensive report on the top 50 organizations engaged in censorship of so-called “misinformation” and “disinformation.”

By 

W. Aaron Vandiver

Link copied

censorship industrial complex americans feature

Miss a day, miss a lot. Subscribe to The Defender’s Top News of the DayIt’s free.

Journalist Matt Taibbi’s Racket News on Wednesday published a comprehensive report on the top 50 organizations engaged in censorship of so-called “misinformation” and “disinformation.”

Written by Taibbi and eight other contributors — and dubbed “the citizen’s starter kit to understanding the new global information cartel” — the lengthy report provides a summary profile of each major organization involved in the “Censorship-Industrial Complex.”

Taibbi coined that term during his and fellow journalists’ work on the “Twitter Files,” which revealed the widespread cooperation between government agencies and social media companies to censor information in violation of the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. (Legal challenges and investigations into social media censorship are ongoing).

The “Censorship-Industrial Complex” is a play on the “military-industrial complex,” a term President Dwight D. Eisenhower used during his famous farewell address of 1961 to warn Americans about the threat posed by the growing merger of military power and private industry that emerged in the wake of World War II.

“Public policy,” Eisenhower warned, “could itself become the captive of a scientific and technological elite.”

More than 60 years later, “The Censorship-Industrial Complex is just the Military-Industrial Complex reborn for the ‘hybrid warfare’ age’ of digital information,” Taibbi wrote.

Credit: Racket News

The Top 50 List,” according to the report, “is intended as a resource for reporters and researchers beginning their journey toward learning the scale and ambition of the ‘Censorship-Industrial Complex.’ … it tries to answer a few basic questions about funding, organization type, history, and especially methodology.”

Most of the 50 organizations profiled in the report use vague language — what the report describes as “gibberish verbiage” — to justify their anti-free-speech activities.

The organizations vaguely refer to combating “hate speech,” for example, and use unusual terminology such as “toxicity monitoring,” “constructive alternative messages,” “pre-bunking” and “malinformation” (i.e. information that is true but intended “to cause harm”).

In fact, their mission is to enforce strict conformity with official narratives on major political, economic and social issues — from COVID-19 to war to climate change.

The censorship capabilities being established by this network of organizations have the potential to be used in myriad ways in the future.

For example, a number of the top 50 groups refer to “climate misinformation” as part of their mission — but the full range of what that term entails is unclear. If local citizens and conservation groups oppose a corporation’s “clean” energy project, for example, can their social media posts be labeled “climate misinformation”?

Meta (Facebook and Instagram) is already collaborating with one of the top 50 organizations — the Poynter Institute, which runs the “fact-checking” group Politifact — to censor posts by citizens and activists that claim a connection between offshore wind development and the death and endangerment of marine wildlife.

Many of the top 50 are nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), which according to the report, are funded by corporations such as Google, Facebook and BlackRock, and by private tax-exempt “philanthropies” set up by powerful billionaires, such as the Ford Foundation, Rockefeller FoundationBill & Melinda Gates FoundationWellcome Trust, Open Society Foundations, Omidyar Network and Craig Newmark Philanthropies.

Some on the list are initiatives and programs at elite U.S. universities, including Brown, Harvard, Stanford and Duke.

A U.S. government agency, the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, a division of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, also is on the list.

The goal of the top 50 organizations is “a new homogenous politics,” Taibbi said, “which can be perpetually tweaked and amplified online via algorithm and machine learning.”

In this “homogenous politics” enforced through digital tools, there is to be a “shared vocabulary” — in other words, conformity — in which no substantial disagreement on the issues that truly matter is permissible.

“Democratic society requires the nourishment of free debate, disagreement, and political tension,” Taibbi said, “but the groups below seek instead that ‘shared vocabulary’” and the cold, hard power of censorship.

Another article as published online.

NEWS

Whistleblower leak reveals ‘missing link in government, private collusion to control online information


What started as a private group of activist censors wanted to ‘become part of the federal government.’

Featured Image

Calvin
Freiburger

Wed Nov 29, 2023 – 6:23 pm EST

(LifeSiteNews) – The activities of a volunteer “anti-disinformation” initiative that has inspired tactics for official government policy provides the “missing link” between public and private censorship of the internet, according to a bombshell new collection of documents about the so-called Cyber Threat Intelligence League (CTIL).

Writing at the Substack newsletter Public, journalists Michael Shellenberger, Alex Gutentag, and Matt Taibbi detail an “explosive new trove of documents” provided by a “highly credible” anonymous CTIL whistleblower that “describe everything from the genesis of modern digital censorship programs to the role of the military and intelligence agencies, partnerships with civil society organizations and commercial media, and the use of sock puppet accounts and other offensive techniques.”

According to the documents, the censorship framework defining the strategies of public and private censorship efforts in 2020 and beyond – including government pressure on private companies to quash objectionable content – was developed in 2019 by a group of American and British defense contractors led by former UK defense researcher Sara-Jayne “SJ” Terp, and that in addition to curbing disfavored content it entailed promoting preferred narratives through a variety of tactics, including the creation of fake or “sock-puppet” social media accounts.

CTIL’s goal “was to become part of the federal government,” according to the whistleblower, who alleges to have been recruited into the project via cybersecurity meetings hosted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS). “In our weekly meetings, they made it clear that they were building these organizations within the federal government, and if you built the first iteration, we could secure a job for you.”

At the very least, the group succeeded to some extent in creating what Terp called “Misinfosec communities” with government entities; in April 2020, for instance, then-director of the U.S. Cybersecurity & Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) Chris Krebs touted the agency’s partnership with CTIL and the “more than 1,000 net defenders from around the world” it represented, ostensibly to “stop malicious cyber activity related to” the COVID pandemic.

At least a dozen and as many as 20 people involved with CTIL were also employees of CISA and/or the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and even temporarily bore their agency seals next to their names in the slack messaging system, according to the whistleblower.

Among CTIL’s fruits was the creation of a strategy framework called Adversarial Misinformation & Influence Tactics & Techniques (AMITT), adapted from a cybersecurity framework by billion-dollar define contractor MITRE. 

AMITT was later used by the World Health Organization (WHO) to counter vaccine criticisms, and earlier this year was formally adopted by the U.S. and European Union as part of a “common standard for exchanging structured threat information on Foreign Information Manipulation and Inteference” [sic].

AMITT is not just about silencing individual pieces of content, according to the documents, but discrediting their authors more comprehensively and even pressuring for organizers of dissenting messages to be denied access to financial services.

AMITT framework calls for discrediting individuals as a necessary prerequisite of demanding censorship against them. It calls for training influencers to spread messages. And it calls for trying to get banks to cut off financial services to individuals who organize rallies or events.

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR DAILY HEADLINES US Canada Catholic

The documents also contain further confirmation that such efforts significantly grew after 2016 as a response to Democrat Hillary Clinton’s loss of the U.S. presidency to an unlikely foe, and the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the E.U., which leftists took as signs of their weakening monopoly on what the general public knows about current events.

“A study of the antecedents to these events lead us to the realization that there’s something off kilter with our information landscape,” Terp and colleagues wrote in one report. “The usual useful idiots and fifth columnists — now augmented by automated bots, cyborgs and human trolls — are busily engineering public opinion, stoking up outrage, sowing doubt and chipping away at trust in our institutions. And now it’s our brains that are being hacked.”

“For a long time, the ability to reach mass audiences belonged to the nation-state (e.g. in the USA via broadcast licensing through ABC, CBS and NBC),” the report added. “Now, however, control of informational instruments has been allowed to devolve to large technology companies who have been blissfully complacent and complicit in facilitating access to the public for information operators at a fraction of what it would have cost them by other means.”

Most agencies implicated in the leak predictably declined to comment, but one individual involved in CTIL simply insisted to Public that the group was “unaffiliated with any govt orgs” and “had nothing to do with the govt.”

“Over the next several days and weeks, we intend to present these documents to Congressional investigators, and will make public all of the documents we can while also protecting the identity of the whistleblower and other individuals who are not senior leaders or public figures,” Shellenberger, Gutentag, and Taibbi say.

Earlier this month, House Republicans released a report detailing how under Trump CISA and the U.S. State Department’s Global Engagement Center (GEC) worked with Stanford University and other entities to establish the Election Integrity Partnership (EIP), through which requests to censor “thousands” of conservative posts were laundered so as to keep the government’s fingerprints off censorship.

Since then, the Biden administration has at times openly admitted that it encourages platforms like Facebook to take down certain content. Next year, the U.S. Supreme Court is slated to hear Murthy v. Missouri, which concerns whether the White House’s encouragement of private censorship constitutes a violation of the First Amendment and will have wide-ranging implications for activities like those exposed by these reports.

TOPICS

TAGGED AS

Matilda-macelroy.com links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem,why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Ukraine sold

Same as usual. Biden is more corrupt than Zelensky. How can just 1 man destroy the US/ World?

Bio-terror as a method of government.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Phoenix

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

This is a pandemic of lies, of tests that test positive for anyone (and not just people), of people who get sick and die of anything and are labeled as victims of Covid-19 based on those tests, and of electromagnetic contamination.



This is not a disease caused by a virus, but by electromagnetic contamination, which causes hypoxia, which causes cells to release a messenger particle called exosome into the bloodstream, with an ACE-2 connector, which is coupled to kidney cells. to increase blood pressure to try to make up for a lack of oxygen.

This harmless exosome is what has been identified as Covid-19.

Since it is not caused by a virus, all the measures taken and the suggested recommendations are not only ineffective, but counterproductive. And everything is deliberate.

The vaccine is the corral where they are driving us. It is the end of the game. That’s where we parted.

Whoever does not get the vaccine will be considered a risk to public health, he will be placed in permanent quarantine, he will not be allowed to exist in this hellish society, in this Orwellian dictatorship that will fight everything good and true as nature.



You will not be allowed to go out, buy, sell, transact, work, study, travel, transit, stay in public places, nothing.

It is written in the Bible, Revelation 13: 16-18:And he made everyone, small and large, rich and poor, free and slave, put a mark on their right hand, or on their foreheads; and that no one could buy or sell, but he who had the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.Here is wisdom.

Let him who has understanding count the number of the beast, for it is the number of man. And his number is six hundred sixty-six.

A common interpretation of 666 is that it is a barcode. The bars that separate the four sections of a barcode also represent number 6.

The vaccine will have nanobots that assemble inside the body, which will not only be an identification code, but will receive and transmit data to and from a computer.

Artificial Intelligence will control the person who gets the vaccine like a remote-controlled robot.

The vaccine will be the modern version of the “Stimoceiver” (transmitter and receptor of stimuli), developed in the late 1950s by Dr. José Delgado.

The person who decides to get the vaccine will have made their last autonomous decision.

From there you will have lost your Free Will.
        The News Desk – Special ReportPart 1
  From THE CALIFORNIA SUN, by Herb Dorsey, Feb. 1997, [quoting:]


 Banker war, Europe history.


There are powerful and largely secret organizations which are funded by the international bankers that are interested in mind control. As Illuminati leader, Adam Weishaupt once stated, “If you can control the head, you control the rest of the man.” As anyone who cares to investigate the matter will discover, the international bankers, with their links to the petro-chemical companies and the “Military Industrial Complex“, have profited handsomely from all the major wars of this century and have gained virtual control of all the nations of the Earth through their astronomical indebtedness, much incurred during times of war.



Prior to World War I, the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA) in England did a study at Wellington House to develop techniques to condition the public into supporting war. The project was headed by,Lord Northcliff, newspaper publisher, Lord Rothmore and British intelligence Ml-6 member, Arnold Toynbee; American “specialists”, Walter Lippmann and Edward Bernays also attended these “brainstorming sessions”.

After a six-month study, they determined that about 87% of the population formed opinions without using critical rational processes. The English people were then subjected to such sophisticated propaganda that they were soon willing to send their sons to die in the fields of Flanders by the thousands.
The same techniques were used on the American public preceding every major war in this century. (would that still be 87%…?).
   
CHEMICAL MIND CONTROL

After World War II, British MI-6 leader Lord Carrington convinced the American president, Harry Truman to establish the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). 
The secret Treaty of Fort Hunt which granted amnesty to former Nazi war criminals, was negotiated between the first CIA director, Allen Dulles, and former Nazi SS intelligence leader, Reinhard Ghelnen. Under Operation Paper Clip many former Nazi SS officers and doctors were brought into the United States. A large percentage of these were employed by the CIA (some sources state as high as 50% of the early CIA employees were Paper Clip Nazis). The CIA has had a long interest in mind control. In the 1960s in their project MK-ULTRA, the CIA ordered thousands of kilos of pure LSD from Sandoz Laboratories in Switzerland to do chemical mind-control experiments! The CIA Technical Services Staff (TSS) decided that LSD could be used to obtain information from enemy agents and prisoners of war and could be used against the enemy on the battlefield.

Large scale LSD tests were conducted on American Soldiers at,Aberdeen Proving Ground in Maryland; Fort Benning, Georgia; Fort Leavenworth, Kansas; Dugway Proving Ground, Utah; Fort Bragg, North Carolina and Fort McCellan, Alabama.Some deaths and many lawsuits resulted from this military LSD testing, often on unwitting subjects, in the 1960s.

The dark side of adding fluoride to drinking water/medication.

If the WHO has it their way to be recommended and pushed worldwide



During World War II German scientists discovered that prisoners of war became more docile and obedient when trace amounts of sodium fluoride was placed in their drinking water. Apparently this poison selectively kills brain cells in the portion of the brain that does independent thinking and tends to resist authority. Soon the Russians were also treating the drinking water of their prisoners of war with trace amounts of sodium fluoride.



Malathion was also developed by the Nazi government as a chemical warfare neurotoxin but it was determined to be too dangerous to be used in the battlefield [But not too dangerous to aerial spray the Los Angeles area’s civilians for YEARS.].
While the practice of fluoridating drinking water has been outlawed in most European Countries, the State of California has recently enacted legislation to require all municipalities to treat their drinking water with sodium fluoride. Also, the State of California apparently doesn’t share the former Nazi government’s concern about the dangers of Malathion in their incessant war against the “Medfly“.
   
ELECTRONIC IMPLANTS



Dr. Jose Delgado was hired by the CIA to do experimentation with miniaturized electronic implants. In a speech recorded in the February 24,1974 edition of the Congressional Record No. 26., Vol. 118., Dr. Delgado had this to say:”We need a program of psychosurgery for political control of our society.

The purpose is physical control of the mind. Everyone who deviates from the given norm can be surgically mutilated.
“The Individual may think that the most important reality is his own existence, but this is only his personal point of view. This lacks historical perspective.

“Man does not have the right to develop his own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal. We must electrically control the brain. Someday, armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.

“The uninformed may think this sounds like science fiction but in the May 17, 1965 issue of the New York Times, Dr. Delgado had reportedly successfully connected electronic implants to the motor nervous system of a bull and could stop the charging bull in its tracks by radio control. In another report Dr. Delgado had surgically implanted a cat with an electronic implant which could transmit everything the cat was seeing and hearing to a nearby T.V. monitor. Who would ever suspect the cat was a “surveillance bug”?

Well, considering the tremendous advances in large scale integrated circuits, electronic implants have come a long way since the sixties.



Some electronic implants are smaller than a grain of rice and can be injected into the subject via a hypodermic needle. A recent law was passed in Los Angeles that any lost pets picked up by the pound had to be injected with a telemetry implant before being released.
These telemetry implants are electromagnetically connected to the Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) system so that if the pet is ever lost again they can be immediately located by GPS monitors.
Similar implants are now placed into newborn children at many hospitals. The selling point to the parents is that the children can be easily located if they ever become lost.



Ronald Kane, Vice President of CUBIC Corp., a major manufacturer of implantable chips, while remarking on the chips profitability, has said, “If we had our way, we’d implant a chip behind everyone’s ear in the maternity ward. “Similarly, the Desert Storm troops were implanted with telemetry chips so that their positions could be located on the field of battle to assist in rescue operations and minimize “friendly fire” casualties.


   
THE IBM 2020 NEURAL IMPLANT

But, in view of the early work of Dr. Delgado for the CIA, the question remains,what else might these electronic implants be capable of doing?
Some idea might be gained from excerpts of a confidential memo covertly obtained in October 1995 from: INTELLI-CONNECTION, A Security Division of IBM, 1200 Progress Way, Armonk, New York 11204: “CONFIDENTIAL, LIMITED DISTRIBUTION ONLY, LEVEL 9 COMMUNICATION, 2020 NEURAL CHIP IMPLANT… 
Federal regulations do not yet permit testing of implants on prisoners, but we have entered into contractual testing of our product. We have also had major successes in privately owned sanitariums with implant technology… 
In California, several prisoners were identified as members of a security threat group, EME, or Mexican Mafia. They were brought to the health services unit at Pelican Bay and tranquilized with advanced sedatives developed by our Cambridge, Massachusetts laboratories.

“The implant procedure takes about 60-90 minutes depending on the experience of the technician. We are working on a device that will reduce that time by as much as 60%. The results of implants on 8 prisoners yielded the following:”Implants served as surveillance monitoring devices for threat group activity.
Implants disabled two subjects during an assault on correctional staff. Universal side effects in all 8 test subjects revealed that when the implant was set to 116 Mhz all subjects became lethargic and slept an average of 18-22 hours per day. 
All subjects refused recreation periods for 14 days during the 116 Mhz test evaluation…
“Each subject was monitored for aggressive activity during the test period and the findings are conclusive that 7 out of the 8 test subjects exhibited no aggression, even when provoked.
Each subject experienced only minor bleeding from the nose and ears 48 hours after the implant due to initial adjustment. Each subject had no knowledge of the implant for the test period and each implant was retrieved under the guise of medical treatment.
The security windfall from the brief test period was tremendous. Security officials now know several strategies employed by the EME that facilitate the transmission of illegal drugs and weapons into their correctional facilities…
in Massachusetts, the Department of Corrections has already entered into high level discussions about releasing certain offenders to the community with the 2020 neural chip implants…” 


BIBLIOGRAPHY1. The Secret History of the New World Order, Herbert G. Dorsey III, THE SECRET INFORMATION NETWORK, P. O. Box 3185, West Sedona, AZ 86340
2. “Tied Up in Nazis: A naz-talgic Peek at Post World War II America”, John Judge, Prevailing Winds Research., P.O. Box 23511, Santa Barbara, CA 93121, (805) 899-3433.
3. “Secret Implants Secretly Used on Prisoners.” Nexus Magazine (Oct-Nov. 1996 issue), P.O. Box 177 Kempton, II 60946-0177, (815) 253-6464.

   
 The News Desk – Special ReportPART 2
 
[From The California Sun, March 1997:]
Mind control can be used with limited success via the methods discussed in the first part of this article, i.e., media propaganda, mind-altering drugs and chemicals, and miniaturized electronic implants. 
However, these methods require the intended victims to first be subjected to these various modalities.

The Illuminati organizations (NSA, CIA, MI-6, KGB) saw greater possibilities in using electromagnetic technology for mind control.
A Russian scientist, Dr. L.L. Vasiliev experimentally proved that electromagnetic radiation can stimulate the brain in the 1930s.

 The infamous Russian “Lida Machine” used during the Korean War put out a 10 Hz ELF signal that made prisoners of war more susceptible of interrogation.
In the 1970s, the Russians were experimenting with low level microwave radiation on U.S. Embassy personnel working in the Moscow Embassy. The U.S. Ambassador developed a leukemia-like disease, suffered bleeding from the eyes and suffered chronic headaches.

 The CIA knew of and monitored this microwave testing on U.S. Embassy personnel under a project code named “Pandora” for a 10-year period before informing the embassy personnel. Later, Project Pandora data was turned over to the 

Defense Advanced Research Agency (DARPA) while U.S. personnel at the Moscow embassy were awarded a 20% hardship allowance because of their unhealthful microwave radiation exposure.
DARPA and Livermore Laboratories have developed a “Brain Bomb” which used microwaves to incapacitate the minds of soldiers in the field of battle. 

Some of these “Nonlethal Weapons” are tested at Los Alamos National Laboratories in New Mexico.
Dr. Ross Adey, formerly of the Brain Research Center at the University of Southern California, worked on Project Pandora and demonstrated that,a 147 Mhz microwave carrier modulated by a 16 Hz ELF signal would cause a release of calcium ions from brain tissue at power densities as low as 0.8 milliwatts per centimeter.
This would have the effect of impairing brain memory processes.
The CIA was also interested in the work of a Professor Anthony Deutsch of New York University.
Deutsch had discovered that the use of radio waves could cause the brain to produce excessive acetylcholine which would interfere with memory processes.

The CIA took Professor Deutsch’s work further in the 1970s, combining it with biofeedback techniques and refined “Electronic Dissolution of Memory” (EDOM3) into a process that could selectively, electronically erase portions of a person’s memory. 

Operatives sent out on highly secret missions could have their whole memory of the secret mission erased with EDOM but retain all their other memories. 1
   
THE NEUROPHONE

In his book Pyramid PowerPatrick Flannigan describes his invention, the Neurophone, which allows deaf people to hear. The Neurophone uses an electromagnetic carrier oscillating at about forty thousand cycles per second, amplitude modulated with the audio signal to be heard by the deaf subject.
The signal is fed to conducting ear pads on both sides of the brain. The emotional state of the subject will cause the brain receiver frequency to drift slightly from 40 khz so the Neurophone has to be tuned before the sounds can be heard inside the head.
With the Neurophone that 1 have tested in Sedona in 1988, the electrodes could be held in the hands or anywhere on the body and the sounds could still be heard inside the head.

In his book Beyond Pyramid Power Patrick Flannigan describes an experiment where he places copper screening in the ceiling and below the floor, creating a capacitor in a room.
The neurophone carrier signal is then applied to the upper and lower plates of this room capacitor through a automatic frequency control (AFC) circuit which automatically tuned the 40 khz carrier to the resonant frequency of the brain of whoever entered the room.

He then could modulate the neurophone carrier wave with music, walk into this experimental room and hear music inside his head. He later noted that whenever two persons were in this experimental room they could start reading each others thoughts. 
He didn’t care to elaborate any further on this fascinating subject in his book. About that time, the Neurophone (patent # 3,393,279) that he had obtained from the U.S. patent office was placed under a National Security freeze and he was forbidden to disclose anymore about the Neurophone. 

After long and expensive litigation the National Security freeze on the Neurophone was finally lifted. 2
I’m sure that the CIA studied the Neurophone technology thoroughly and has developed means to electromagnetically create “voices” inside a person’s head and use electromagnetic telepathy as part of their Radio Hypnotic Intercerebral Control (RHIC) experimentation.

 Another interesting area is the highly classified Military Intelligence Remote Mind-Control Technology (RMCT) under project names like,”Scangate”, “Grill Flame”, “Center Lane”, “Sunstreak” and “Stargate”.
Here, the technology uses complex computer analysis of human brain-wave patterns to decode them into thoughts, emotions and motor-control functions. Target subjects could then be remotely manipulated with highly directional microwave MASER transmissions ELF modulated by highly sophisticated computer synthesized signals.
Their brain functions could be monitored by interrogative RMCT MASERS. 3
 There is not enough space to go into a full report on the subject of mind control in this short article. A good book on the subject, Remote Mind-Control Technology:
 INFORMATION UNLIMITED
P.O. Box 716.
Amherst, NH 03031-0716
(603) 673-4730

One large “Secret Government” electromagnetic mindcontrol project using a SAGE radar antenna was carried out at decommissioned Ft. Hero near Montauk, Long Island from 1979 to 1983. Part of the Testing was done on the unsuspecting citizens of the city of Montauk. A series of books about this Montauk Project, written by Preston Nichols (who worked on the project) and Peter Moon, is available from (SASE for catalog): Sky Books, Box 769, Westbury, NY 11590-0104.

Electronic mind-control technology has even been commercialized. One interesting company is Consumertronics. Among other things, they market Neurophones, devices to electronically transmit your thoughts into another person’s mind and electronic devices to jam and neutralize mind-control attacks. Their catalog is $3:CONSUMERTRONIC, S. P. O. Drawer 537, Alamogordo, NM 88311, Phone 1 (505) 439-1776, FAX 1 (505) 434-0234.
Web Page: user.aol.com/wizguru/mindcontrol.html 

SCALAR ELECTROMAGNETICS

Thomas Bearden, Lt. Col. (Ret.) and former NSA consultant, has written several books describing “Scalar Electromagnetics”. Scalar Electromagnetics was first experimented with by Nikola Tesla and later secretly developed by the U.S. at Los Alamos National Laboratories and by the Soviets at secret, remote locations in the USSR.

Scalar Electromagnetics can penetrate conducting mediums like sea water and Electro Magnetic Pulse (EMP) hardened military sites. Scalar Electromagnetics can be weaponized and is part of the SDI Research and Development program. Scalar Electromagnetics can also be used to trigger earthquakes and control the weather.

Although Thomas Bearden doesn’t claim that Scalar Electromagnetics can be used for mind control, he does claim that it can be used to transmit biological effects, can make the human unconscious and can cause death in high enough fields.
Since Thomas Bearden had taken national security secrecy oaths, he is very careful to reference all of his writings to already published scientific work in order to avoid possible imprisonment. Because of this precaution, his writings arc well documented. 4
   
HAARP

Last year, Popular Science published an article on the HAARP project near Fairbanks, Alaska. 
According to Popular Science, the High frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP) will be capable of weather control, detecting underground military installations, submarine communication and total disruption of normal electromagnetic communications on a world-wide basis. In short, all of the things Thomas Bearden claims for “Scalar Electromagnetics”.

Since Scalar Electromagnetics can be converted back into normal electromagnetics by using interference or nonlinear phenomena – the two halves of the human brain can act as a nonlinear interferometer. Therefore, all electromagnetic mind-control technology can be converted to a “Scalar Electromagnetic” mind-control technology.
Then, there is virtually no place to hide since scalar waves can penetrate the Earth itself.
According to 
Preston Nichols there are two important “window frequencies” in mind control,1080 Mhz, a subharmonic of DNA and 435 Mhz. the window to human consciousness…
Both frequencies are found in the HAARP signal, which means both mind-control and genetic manipulation on a world-wide scale could very likely be part of a secret agenda of the HAARP project.

During the Desert Storm War, many new weapons systems were tested on the field of battle – some unreported and highly classified.
 As our troops were advancing, black Sky Hawk helicopters equipped with advanced electronics flew over the enemy bunkers without firing their [visible] weapons. Soon, thousands of enemy troops streamed out of the bunkers, their hands held high in the air as a sign of surrender.
Why did these battle-hardened soldiers surrender in hoards without the least sign of resistance? Could they possibly have been the target of electronic mindcontrol weapons?Courtesy of the California Sun
P.O. Box 944
Ojai, CA 93024
(805)-646-3187 – E-mail calsun@west.net
(Thank you, Nicole.)  

BIBLIOGRAPHY1. Matrix II, Leading Edge Research, P.O. Box 481- MU58, Yelm, WA 98597.
2. “Hope for the Deaf and Superlearning for All”, Eddy Taylor, California Sun, Dec. 1996 issue, P.O. Box 944, Ojai, CA 93024. (805) 646-8855.
3. “Remote Viewing: The ESP of Espionage”, Turan Rifat, Nexus Magazine (Oct. Nov. 1996).
4. “Analysis of Scalar Electromagnetic Technology”, Thomas Bearden, International Tesla Society, P.O. Box 5686, Colorado Springs, CO 80931. (800) 387-0137. <http://www.tesla.org> [End quoting] Return to Mind ControlReturn to Scalar Electromagnetic TechnologyReturn to Non-Lethal Weapons – “Psychotronics” and “Silent Sound” 

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-2.png

The Earth is no stabile but has nothing to do with Carbon-dioxide. The situation should be tested and discussed instead of diversions and trying to subdue humanity/decimate for the so-called greater good.

Please have look at some longtime hidden stories/possibilities and only one of many. History and the disappearance of advanced civilizations on earth. The Alien called Airl and captured in Roswell told us so.

OPINION

Actual science is discrediting the apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists


Scientific studies and polls demonstrate just how insane and unpopular the ideas of Greta Thunberg and her doom cult chums are.

Featured ImageGreta ThunbergYouTube screenshot

Click her for the video link and information in respect of Carbon dioxide claims and reality.


Frank
Wright

Fri May 12, 2023 – 1:25 pm EDT

Listen to this article

0:00 / 6:381X

BeyondWords

(LifeSiteNews) — Following news that eating the bugs is no good for you after all, a surprising announcement from the governor of the Federal Reserve throws more red meat to the reality-based community.

In his May 11 speech, “Climate Change and Financial Stability,” Federal Reserve Governor Christopher J. Waller opened with this:

Climate change is real, but I do not believe it poses a serious risk to the safety and soundness of large banks or the financial stability of the United States.

Speaking to a to a conference in Madrid, Spain, he expanded his remarks with a statement on his personal duty:

Risks are risks … My job is to make sure that the financial system is resilient to a range of risks. And I believe risks posed by climate change are not sufficiently unique or material to merit special treatment …

Frank on the Issue

I too think climate change is real. The climate has never been a stable system, and the actions of mankind in altering it have been negligible. Man-made climate change and the danger it represents is a case made on falsified data and dishonest models. It is a cult, and one which wishes to collapse civilization and destroy your freedom to preserve itself.

The greatest risk to the climate at present is the escalation to nuclear war, which the green and globalist doom cults enthusiastically support.

READ: Climate dictatorship and drag queen story hours are coming to Europe

For example, German Green Party member and Foreign Minister Annelena Baerbock unilaterally declared war on Russia in January, being generously described as “insane” as a result.

These people are obsessed with realizing their apocalyptic fantasies.

A Bad Month for Greta

It has not been a good month for Greta Thunberg — or any of her doom cult chums. Alongside the Fed’s recognition that man-made climate change is irrelevant to any sensible assessment of the life of the nation, recent studies have shown net zero support in Europe for any drastic measures to fight the weather.

A May 1st report featured in The Guardian clearly demonstrated the absence of any public support for the removal of meat and the refusal to have children.

Greta Thunberg – refugee from reality

As The Guardian put it:

Measures entailing no great lifestyle sacrifice were popular, with between 45% (Germany) and 72% (Spain) backing government tree-planting programs and 60% (Spain) and 77% (UK) saying they would grow more plants themselves or were doing so already.

In simple terms, sane ideas were popular — and the crazy ones were not. This is a profound disappointment to everyone who bases their life upon grotesque fairy tales.

This is no surprise to anyone who likes real food and loves children. Normal people are not shocked by the suggestion that highly processed fake meat, with its 30 additional chemical additives, is about as nourishing as the fake news media which promotes it. It is not better for the planet than non-intensive cattle rearing, and it is made out of trash.

In case you need any more evidence for this obvious claim, which can be supported by looking at almost any vegan, here is another helpful image which combines the societal and personal significance of livestock-based foods.

Credit: Animal Frontiers / Oxford Academic

Following the Science

According to The Science, which seems to be feeling a little unsettled, eating the bugs might not be the best thing for you after all.

A group of scientists behind nine research papers published in the April issue of Animal Frontiers took to the press this month to announce that “red meat is essential to human health,” saying its withdrawal from diets would especially harm children, women, and the elderly.

New York Post report on the subject on May 1st noted that the scientists stressed the need for a diet including meat, dairy, and eggs, and urged a pushback against the meat-free zealots.

Hundreds of scientists have banded together to blast the push to adopt a plant-based diet, arguing that meat is critical to a well-balanced diet — and warning against villainizing carnivores.

In an effective dismissal of the plant — or insect based — diet as a middle class fad, it warned:

Well-resourced individuals may be able to achieve adequate diets while heavily restricting meat, dairy and eggs.

However, this approach should not be recommended for general populations.

The hundreds of scientists involved backed a statement warning of the dangers of the kind of forced farm closures threatened in the Netherlands, Belgium, and elsewhere.

READ: Biden admin proposes restrictions on dishwashers to fight ‘climate change’

The initiative argues that livestock systems are “too precious to society to become the victim of simplification, reduction or zealotry.”

“These systems must continue to be embedded in and have broad approval of society,” the declaration says.

Happily, The Science appears to be in the process of becoming science once more. It is noticing what is there, instead of modeling what is not.

— Article continues below Petition —

Tell G20 to drop radical climate policies causing inflation and blackouts

  Show Petition Text

11409 have signed the petition.

Let’s get to 12500!

Add your signature:Country…USACanadaAaland IslandsAfghanistanAlbaniaAlgeriaAmerican SamoaAndorraAngolaAnguillaAntarcticaAntigua and BarbudaArgentinaArmeniaArubaAustraliaAustriaAzerbaijanBahamasBahrainBangladeshBarbadosBelarusBelgiumBelizeBeninBermudaBhutanBoliviaBosnia and HerzegovinaBotswanaBouvet IslandBrazilBritish Indian Ocean TerritoryBrunei DarussalamBulgariaBurkina FasoBurundiCambodiaCameroonCape VerdeCayman IslandsCentral African RepublicChadChileChinaChristmas IslandCocos (Keeling) IslandsColombiaComorosCongoCook IslandsCosta RicaCote D’IvoireCroatiaCubaCuracaoCyprusCzech RepublicDemocratic Republic of the CongoDenmarkDjiboutiDominicaDominican RepublicEcuadorEgyptEl SalvadorEquatorial GuineaEritreaEstoniaEthiopiaFalkland IslandsFaroe IslandsFijiFinlandFranceFrench GuianaFrench PolynesiaFrench Southern TerritoriesGabonGambiaGeorgiaGermanyGhanaGibraltarGreeceGreenlandGrenadaGuadeloupeGuamGuatemalaGuernseyGuineaGuinea-BissauGuyanaHaitiHeard and McDonald IslandsHondurasHong KongHungaryIcelandIndiaIndonesiaIranIraqIrelandIsle of ManIsraelItalyJamaicaJapanJerseyJordanKazakhstanKenyaKiribatiKuwaitKyrgyzstanLao People’s Democratic RepublicLatviaLebanonLesothoLiberiaLibyaLiechtensteinLithuaniaLuxembourgMacauMacedoniaMadagascarMalawiMalaysiaMaldivesMaliMaltaMarshall IslandsMartiniqueMauritaniaMauritiusMayotteMexicoMicronesiaMoldovaMonacoMongoliaMontenegroMontserratMoroccoMozambiqueMyanmarNamibiaNauruNepalNetherlandsNetherlands AntillesNew CaledoniaNew ZealandNicaraguaNigerNigeriaNiueNorfolk IslandNorth KoreaNorthern Mariana IslandsNorwayOmanPakistanPalauPalestinePanamaPapua New GuineaParaguayPeruPhilippinesPitcairnPolandPortugalPuerto RicoQatarRepublic of KosovoReunionRomaniaRussiaRwandaSaint BarthelemySaint HelenaSaint Kitts and NevisSaint LuciaSaint MartinSaint Pierre and MiquelonSaint Vincent and the GrenadinesSamoaSan MarinoSao Tome and PrincipeSaudi ArabiaSenegalSerbiaSeychellesSierra LeoneSingaporeSint MaartenSlovakiaSloveniaSolomon IslandsSomaliaSouth AfricaSouth Georgia and the South Sandwich IslandsSouth KoreaSouth SudanSpainSri LankaSudanSurinameSvalbard and Jan Mayen IslandsSwazilandSwedenSwitzerlandSyriaTaiwanTajikistanTanzaniaThailandTimor-LesteTogoTokelauTongaTrinidad and TobagoTunisiaTurkeyTurkmenistanTurks and Caicos IslandsTuvaluUgandaUkraineUnited Arab EmiratesUnited KingdomUnited States Minor Outlying IslandsUruguayUzbekistanVanuatuVatican CityVenezuelaVietnamVirgin Islands (British)Virgin Islands (U.S.)Wallis and Futuna IslandsWestern SaharaYemenZambiaZimbabweNot Collected

Keep me updated via email on this petition and related issues. Sign this Petition

Collapsing into A Fantasy World

The Science was often invoked to promote a future pollution-free utopia. Unfortunately for The Science, the models for the future green society were complete fabrications.

Thanks to the work of Mikko Paunio, featured on video and in print on LifeSiteNews, we know these models will never produce a “circular economy” free of waste. Instead, thanks to them, we would not have one at all. The obvious result of using fever dreams as a map of the future would be the collapse of civilization.

The news that the Federal Reserve has banished the concerns of this cult to the margins is therefore welcome. It is to be hoped we can expect to see more attempts by state level actors to reconnect their policies with reality. Reality is a popular theme for the normal people who inhabit it.

In this regard, the closing remarks of the Governor of the Federal Reserve were encouraging — doing something to redeem an institution which has hardly covered itself in glory.

Based on what I’ve seen so far, I believe that placing an outsized focus on climate-related risks is not needed, and the Federal Reserve should focus on more near-term and material risks in keeping with our mandate.

They also suggest a vestigial memory of that old civic virtue — duty. What precious things to which we can awake, when the nightmares are dispelled.

TOPICS

TAGGED AS

Wrong Again: 50 Years of Failed Eco-pocalyptic Predictions

Photo Credit: Getty

Thanks go to Tony Heller, who first collected many of these news clips and posted them on RealClimateScience

SUMMARY

Modern doomsayers have been predicting climate and environmental disaster since the 1960s. They continue to do so today.

None of the apocalyptic predictions with due dates as of today have come true.

What follows is a collection of notably wild predictions from notable people in government and science.

More than merely spotlighting the failed predictions, this collection shows that the makers of failed apocalyptic predictions often are individuals holding respected positions in government and science.

While such predictions have been and continue to be enthusiastically reported by a media eager for sensational headlines, the failures are typically not revisited.

1967: ‘Dire famine by 1975.’

Source: Salt Lake Tribune, November 17, 1967

1969: ‘Everyone will disappear in a cloud of blue steam by 1989.’

Source: New York Times, August 10 1969

1970: Ice age by 2000

Source: Boston Globe, April 16, 1970

1970: ‘America subject to water rationing by 1974 and food rationing by 1980.’

Source: Redlands Daily Facts, October 6, 1970

1971: ‘New Ice Age Coming’

Source: Washington Post, July 9, 1971

1972: New ice age by 2070

Source: NOAA, October 2015

1974: ‘New Ice Age Coming Fast’

Source: The Guardian, January 29, 1974

1974: ‘Another Ice Age?’

Source: TIME, June 24, 1974

1974: Ozone Depletion a ‘Great Peril to Life’

But no such ‘great peril to life’ has been observed as the so-called ‘ozone hole’ remains:

Sources: Headline

NASA Data | Graph

1976: ‘The Cooling’

Source: New York Times Book Review, July 18, 1976

1980: ‘Acid Rain Kills Life in Lakes’

Noblesville Ledger (Noblesville, IN) April 9, 1980

But 10 years later, the US government program formed to study acid rain concluded:

Associated Press, September 6, 1990

1978: ‘No End in Sight’ to 30-Year Cooling Trend

Source: New York Times, January 5, 1978

But according to NASA satellite data there is a slight warming trend since 1979.

Source: DrRoySpencer.com

1988: James Hansen forecasts increase regional drought in 1990s

But the last really dry year in the Midwest was 1988, and recent years have been record wet.

Source: RealClimateScience.com

1988: Washington DC days over 90F to from 35 to 85

But the number of hot days in the DC area peaked in 1911, and have been declining ever since.

Source: RealClimateScience.com

1988: Maldives completely under water in 30 years

Source: Agence France Press, September 26, 1988

1989: Rising seas to ‘obliterate’ nations by 2000

Source: Associated Press, June 30, 1989

1989: New York City’s West Side Highway underwater by 2019

Source: Salon.com, October 23, 2001

1995 to Present: Climate Model Failure

Source: CEI.org

2000: ‘Children won’t know what snow is.’

Source: The Independent, March 20, 2000

2002: Famine in 10 years

Source: The Guardian, December 23, 2002

2004: Britain to have Siberian climate by 2020

Source: The Guardian, February 21, 2004

2008: Arctic will be ice-free by 2018

Source: Associated Press, June 24, 2008

2008: Al Gore warns of ice-free Arctic by 2013

But… it’s still there:

Source: WattsUpWithThat.com, December 16, 2018

2009: Prince Charles says only 8 years to save the planet

Source: The Independent, July 9, 2009

2009: UK prime minister says 50 days to ‘save the planet from catastrophe’

Source: The Independent: October 20, 2009

2009: Arctic ice-free by 2014

Source: USA Today, December 14, 2009

2013: Arctic ice-free by 2015

Source: The Guardian, July 24, 2013

The paper: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-017-02550-9 (open access)

Gas hydrate dissociation off Svalbard induced by isostatic rebound rather than global warming

Abstract

Methane seepage from the upper continental slopes of Western Svalbard has previously been attributed to gas hydrate dissociation induced by anthropogenic warming of ambient bottom waters. Here we show that sediment cores drilled off Prins Karls Foreland contain freshwater from dissociating hydrates. However, our modeling indicates that the observed pore water freshening began around 8 ka BP when the rate of isostatic uplift outpaced eustatic sea-level rise. The resultant local shallowing and lowering of hydrostatic pressure forced gas hydrate dissociation and dissolved chloride depletions consistent with our geochemical analysis. Hence, we propose that hydrate dissociation was triggered by postglacial isostatic rebound rather than anthropogenic warming. Furthermore, we show that methane fluxes from dissociating hydrates were considerably smaller than present methane seepage rates implying that gas hydrates were not a major source of methane to the oceans, but rather acted as a dynamic seal, regulating methane release from deep geological reservoirs.

2013: Arctic ice-free by 2016

Source: The Guardian, December 9, 2013

2014: Only 500 days before ‘climate chaos’

But…

Sources: Washington Examiner

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

Building a digital prison?

Bioweapons?

Chessboard of deception.

Last Step, Martial law will be introduced.

Climate change no offence mend

War on the people

Eu parliament in action

Human trafficking

Enemies of humanity

ESG and Climate change.

Pfizer and Data.
Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem,why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Ukraine sold

Same as usual. Biden is more corrupt than Zelensky. How can just 1 man destroy the US/ World?

Bio-terror as a method of government.NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Healing frequencies and more!

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

Click on the link for video’s, music and information

2 HZ

Enjoy live meditation and unblock 7 chakras

sound healing using 144 432 963 illumination

https://www.facebook.com/reel/824409259385664

Fallen Angels reel

7 CHAKRAS sounds for healing

Cosmic vibrations dual 963 Hz and 852Hz

Cosmic vibrations 777 and 963 Hz

Stairway to heaven

Vagus nerve stimulation is an easy way to build resilience to stress and feel *great* right now. Think of your vagus nerve as your body’s neurochemical “superhighway”—carrying signals between the brain and your vital organs.

Researchers are now studying how vibrational vagus nerve stimulation can positively affect many aspects of health including:

It does this by helping your body shift from a sympathetic state (fight, flight, freeze) back to a parasympathetic state (rest, digest, restore).

When you make a sound with your voice, your vocal cords vibrate. This deep inner-body vibration stimulates your vagus nerve.

Research: Anxiety relief – (2016) Int.J.Phy.Edu.

Pain reduction – (2018) Natl.J.Maxillofac.Surg.

Mood improvement (2018) Frontiers in Psychiatry and perseption creates new realities

As you stimulate the vagus nerve, it activates your parasympathetic nervous system and helps you generate natural “feel good chemicals” including:

☀️Endorphins

☀️Dopamine

☀️Oxytocin

☀️Nitric oxide

✅ Plus the anti-inflammatory assisting neurotransmitter acetylcholine

Different sounds/different frequencies,

If you’re curious, you can experience one of my best sound based

vagus nerve strengthening tutorials for free.

It’s a 12 minute lesson designed to help prepare your body for restoration.

When you first try it, you may notice tingling sensations, mild euphoria, and a deep sense of peace…

5D waves

Holistic health

Stairway to heaven

Sacred Sonics for Psychedelic Experiences

Ancient Roots Medium

Reels

“Gravity is not subject to time or space. It pervades the Universe without reference to time or space, instantaneously and without intermission. It is, however, a sympathetic flow, proceeding from the molecular or mass neutral centers to the earth’s neutral center with a power corresponding to the character of each individual molecular mass.” He [Keely] believed gravity dependent on the medium of the polar stream, for he says “If the sympathetic negative polar stream were cut off from the earth the molecular neutral centers would float away into space like a swarm of bees.”

“Gravity, Keely viewed as an ever-existing, eternal force, coexistent with the compound etheric, or high luminous, entering into all forms of aggregated matter at their birth. Keely thinks that gravity is the source from which all visible matter springs, and that the sympathetic or neutral center of such aggregation becomes at birth a connective concordant link to all neutral centers that have preceded it and to all that may succeed it, and that disturbance of equilibrium, like gravity, is an ever-existing force.”

369

“The relative frequency of all sympathetic streams is in the ratio 3:6:9.”

Those whose relative frequencies are 3:9 are mutually attractive, while those having the relation of 6:9 are mutually repellant.”

John Keely wrote that the vibrations of “thirds, sixths, and ninths, were extraordinarily powerful.” In fact, he proved the “vibratory antagonistic thirds was thousands of times more forceful in separating hydrogen from oxygen in water than heat.” In his “Formula of Aqueous Disintegration” he wrote that, “molecular dissociation or disintegration of both simple and compoundelements, whether gaseous or solid, a stream of vibratory antagonistic thirds, sixths, or ninths, on their chord mass will compel progressive subdivisions. In the disintegration of water the instrument is set on thirds, sixths, and ninths, to get the best effects.”

Light & Heat

“Light and heat, considered theoretically, belong to the highest orders of the phenomenal. They can only be accounted for by the velocity of sympathetic streams, as interchangeable to and from centers of negative and attractive focalization. In considering the velocity of vibration, as associated with the projection of a ray of light, to be at least one hundred thousand billions per second, it is easy to account for the origin and demonstration of these two elements by the action of celestial sympathetic streams. 1st. Light and heat are not evolved until the force of the vibratory sympathetic stream from the neutral center of the sun comes into atomic percussive action as against the molecular atmosphere or envelope of our planet. It is so with all others that are perceptible to our senses. The visibility of the planets can only be accounted for in this way, some in a great degree, some in less”. https://svpwiki.com/vibratory-sympathetic-stream

Keely has written three treaties to explain his system, the titles of which are as follows:_

  • Theoretical Expose or Philosophical Analysis of Vibro-Molecular, Vibro-Atomic, and SympatheticVibro-etheric forces, as applied to induce Mechanical Rotation by Negative Sympathetic Attraction.
  • Explanatory Analysis of Vibro-Acoustic Mechanism in all its Different Groupings or Combinations to induce Propulsionand Attraction (sympathetically) by the Power of Sound-Force, as also the Different Conditions of Intensity, both Positive and Negative, on the Progressive Octaves to Ozonic Liberation and Luminosity.
  • The Determining Principle of Matter, or the Connective Linkbetween the Finite and the Infinite, Progressively considered from the Crude Molecular to the Compound Inter-Etheric, showing the control of Spirit over Matter in all the Variations of Mass-Chords and Molecular groupings, both Physical and Mechanical.

COMPARING TESLA & KEELY
Even should Nikola Tesla succeed in drawing power from space, on his own line of research, his position would still be remote from all the conditions governing magnetic and electric phenomena in the sympathetic field, where Keely has solved the problem of navigation of the air. Keely calls this realm he interetheric or celestial, in contradistinction to the terrestrial or interatomic realm, which Nikola Tesla is researching. The terrestrial sympathetic forcesare subservient to the celestial sympathetic. Nikola Tesla stands as it were on the bridge which connects the primary two-thirds of the electric stream – the subdominant current with the dominant. Even should he hook on to the dominant, he would still be subserved to the terrestrial neutral; far in the rear of sympathetic union to radiating celestial outreach, the connecting link of which exists in the interluminous, and remote from all the conditions that govern electricity Therefore Nikola Tesla is wrong when he says that “electric phenomena and ether phenomena are identical;” nor will he arrive at a true conclusion, as to the relation or association of the two, until he has brought about an alternation of that intensity which induces light visible to the eye. Even then he will not have reached the compound interetheric – the border line to the introductory luminous.

In Keely’s case the wavefunction is composite three dimensional wave function that operates within three levels, orders or ranges of frequencies, simultaneously. Thus it is more complicated but also more inclusive of the factors operating within wave, vibration or oscillation. The Keely Wave Function would include some if not all of the dimensions of the Russell WaveFunction.”

This article will be an ongoing compendium to act as an aide for many of the topics discussed on Aether Force. Stay tuned.

2,5 d.

4,3 d.

3,5 d.

3,2 d.

4,5 d.

5,1 d.

6,2 d.

5,5 d.

5,3 d.

4,5 d.

4,7 d.

4,9 d.

9,9 d.

7 d.

8,2 d.

5,4 d.

Andrew Ethan Quan Reels | Facebook

5,5 d.

5,2 d.

4,9 d.

7,8 d.

7,7 d.

Science and geometry

White hat

8,7 d.


iDNA Vaccines to Generate Internal Virus Production

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola

  • November 21, 2023

No End in sight.

It’s like mRNA, but on steroids. Rather than instructing your cells to produce a small portion, the spike protein of a given virus, iDNA products instruct cells to produce the virus in its entirety. As described in U.S. Patent 8691563B2:3

Washing Machines Spreading Deadly Superbugs

Washing Machines Spreading Deadly Superbugs

Did Pfizer Pay NFL Star $20M to Push Covid and Flu Double-Jab?

Did Pfizer Pay NFL Star $20M to Push Covid and Flu Double-Jab?

idna vaccines

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • “Immunization DNA” or iDNA is a novel class of gene therapy “vaccines” that encodes for the whole virus
  • iDNA “vaccines” transcribe the full-length genomic RNA of the live-attenuated vaccine virus. The full-length viral RNA then initiates replication of live attenuated virus in the tissues of the vaccine recipient, resulting in an immune response
  • The iDNA platform can be used to create vaccines in two different ways. You can either grow the iDNA in a culture to produce the vaccine in the conventional way, or you can inject the iDNA directly into the recipient and allow the body to produce the live attenuated virus internally
  • The first human trials for an iDNA shot that codes for a live virus could begin as early as 2024
  • In early April 2023, microbiologist Kevin McKernan reported he’d discovered DNA fragments in the mRNA shots made by Pfizer and Moderna, raising concerns about the possibility of genomic integration, autoimmune diseases and cancer. McKernan now reports having found a dose relationship between the load of DNA contamination and serious adverse events

If you thought mRNA injections were the craziest things the vaccine industry has cooked up lately, you haven’t seen the half of it yet. Up next, we have so-called “immunization DNA” or iDNA,1,2 a novel class of gene therapy “vaccines” that encodes for the whole virus.

It’s like mRNA, but on steroids. Rather than instructing your cells to produce a small portion, the spike protein of a given virus, iDNA products instruct cells to produce the virus in its entirety. As described in U.S. Patent 8691563B2:3

“The iDNA generates live attenuated vaccines in eukaryotic cells in vitro or in vivo for pathogenic RNA viruses … When iDNA is injected into the vaccine recipient, RNA of live attenuated virus is generated by in vivo transcription in the recipient’s tissues.

This initiates production of progeny attenuated viruses in the tissues of the vaccine recipient, as well as elicitation of an effective immune response protecting against wild-type, non-attenuated virus.”

According to Taipei-based Medigen,4 which launched its iDNA “vaccine” platform in 2018, the technology “combines genetic stability of DNA with the exceptional efficacy of live attenuated vaccines.” “Live attenuated” vaccines refers to vaccines that contain live (viable) but weakened (less virulent) viruses.

The iDNA platform can be used to create vaccines in two different ways. You can either grow the iDNA in a culture to produce the vaccine in the conventional way, or you can inject the iDNA directly into the recipient and allow the body to produce the live attenuated virus internally.

What Could Go Wrong?

A 2016 paper described the iDNA process thus:5

“As any DNA vaccine, iDNA plasmids are isolated from bacteria and include a eukaryotic promoter, such as cytomegalovirus (CMV) major immediate-early promoter.

However, unlike a traditional DNA vaccine that involves transcription of mRNA for expression of a subunit antigen, the iDNA vaccines transcribe the full-length genomic RNA of the live-attenuated vaccine virus. The full-length viral RNA then initiates limited replication of live-attenuated virus in the tissues of vaccine recipient resulting in efficient immunization.

Essentially, the iDNA plasmid turns a limited number of cells in the vaccine recipient into the cell-scale factories for ‘manufacturing’ of live-attenuated vaccine.

Thus, the iDNA technology represents a novel type of DNA vaccine. With the introduction of DNA-launched iDNA vaccines, DNA-based vaccines can be subdivided into (i) DNA vaccines that express subunit antigens and (ii) DNA vaccines that launch replication-competent, live-attenuated vaccines …

Finally, the iDNA plasmid can be used as a genetically stable repository seed to prepare live-attenuated virus in vitro either for subsequent use as a traditional live-attenuated vaccine or, after virus inactivation, as a traditional inactivated virus vaccine.”

Oh joy. Considering the shocking harms mRNA injections are causing, which instruct your body to create just a small portion of a virus that has no capacity to self-replicate, what could conceivably happen if we start injecting DNA that causes your cells to churn out replication-competent live virus?

Different Product, Same Lies

Materials describing this technology claim the self-replication is restricted to “a limited number of cells in the vaccine recipient,” but where have we heard that before?

The mRNA shots were also supposed to stay in the vicinity of the injection site, causing just the cells in your deltoid to produce spike protein, but we now have proof it goes everywhere and cells throughout the body are producing the spike.

So, just how would an iDNA shot affect just “a small number of cells” when anything injected travels throughout the body? And how is the manufacturing turned off? They don’t say, which makes me think it’ll be just like the mRNA shots, which have no off switch and have been found to, in some people, produce spike protein for six months or more.

When your immune system is taxed with a chronic infection in this way, it begins to break down. Autoimmune diseases can also develop, which is what we’ve seen with the mRNA shots. The risk of iDNA causing symptomatic sickness also strikes me as significant, especially if your immune system is already weak.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

‘DNA Vaccine’ Safety Is Unclear at Best

According to New Scientist,6 the first human trials for an iDNA shot that codes for a live virus could begin as early as 2024. Medigen is currently seeking approval to begin trials, but it’s unclear which infection is being targeted.

At present, no DNA vaccine has ever received full approval anywhere in the world. India did, however, issue emergency authorization for a DNA shot against COVID-19, called ZyCoV-D,7 which encoded for two viral proteins, the spike protein and an IgE signal peptide.8

In March 2023, Cochrane founder Peter Gøtzsche and investigative journalist Maryanne Demasi published a systematic review of papers that had data on serious adverse events (SAEs) associated with the COVID jabs. About ZyCoV-D, they wrote:9

“A trial in India of ZyCoV-D, a DNA-based vaccine, was also highly problematic. It randomized 27,703 patients, either aged 12-17 years or 60 years and older. A supplement reported one SAE [serious adverse event] in the vaccine group and none in the placebo group among the elderly and one vs two in ‘comorbid subjects.’

The main text was totally different, with no division as per randomized group. It described 15 SAEs, but seven of these were merely being COVID-19 positive, which is not an SAE and furthermore belongs to the reporting of the benefits, not the harms. There was one death in each group. This paper, which was difficult to interpret, was published in The Lancet.”10

An online search for data on ZyCoV-D left me empty handed, so aside from that Lancet paper (and an interim report on the same trial11), there doesn’t appear to be much out there.

As for what they used as the placebo is also anyone’s guess, as the paper doesn’t specify. Testing one vaccine against another is a simple trick to hide expected side effects, and we know that at least one other COVID shot (AstraZeneca), did not use an inert placebo but, rather, a vaccine against meningitis and septicemia.12,13

So, in summary, the safety of ZyCoV-D is anything but clear. Even if we did have data on it, it still would not tell us much about the safety of iDNA shots. ZyCoV-D only encodes for two proteins, whereas iDNA will encode an entire virus.

DNA in mRNA Shots Cause Concern Among Experts

https://www.bitchute.com/embed/DGTyv8q4buuu/Video Link

In early April 2023, microbiologist Kevin McKernan reported he’d discovered DNA fragments in the mRNA shots made by Pfizer and Moderna.14,15,16,17 The highest level of DNA contamination found was 30%, meaning nearly one-third of the content of the shot was plasmid DNA. No DNA should be present in a commercial mRNA product that has been made under good manufacturing practices.

Since then, others have confirmed his results, including University of South Carolina professor Phillip Buckhaults. In September 2023, he testified18 to this before the South Carolina Senate Medical Affairs Ad-Hoc Committee on the Department of Health and Environmental Control (DHEC).

Buckhaults is a molecular biologist and cancer geneticist with extensive experience in DNA sequencing, and initially set out to debunk McKernan’s claims. To his shock, he replicated McKernan’s findings instead.

In his testimony, he explained how these DNA contaminants can integrate into your genome and disrupt the function of other genes, either long term or permanently, and may be passed on to offspring for generations.

He told the senators he was “alarmed about this DNA being in the vaccine,” as “there is a very real hazard” of it integrating into a person’s genome and becoming a “permanent fixture of the cell” that can result in autoimmune problems and cancers.19

DNA Contaminants in mRNA Shots Greenlighted by Health Agencies

In an October 21, 2023, tweet, Steve Kirsch argued:20

“You can now sue the mRNA COVID vaccine manufacturers for damages and the FDA is required to take the COVID vaccines off the market. Why? Adulteration. The plasmid bioactive contaminant sequences were NOT pointed out to the regulatory authorities.

Health Canada on Thursday confirmed the presence of DNA contamination in Pfizer COVID-19 vaccines and also confirmed that Pfizer did not disclose the contamination to the public health authority.”

Fact checkers struck back, stating that health regulators had indeed been aware of the contamination before the shots were authorized, and that there’s “no reliable evidence showing that DNA in vaccines integrates into our DNA or increases the risk of cancer.”21,22

Well, they’re at least correct on one point. Regulatory agencies were clearly aware of this problem, as Pfizer submitted documents to the European Medicines Agency (EMA) showing sampled lots had a broad range of double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) in them.23 Many of those lots were far in excess of the EMA’s maximum limits.

But as for whether the DNA can integrate and cause disability, the fact checker was clearly misdirecting. DNA integration is something that has been recognized for quite some time, and has been discussed in the medical literature. It’s not a novel notion. Be that as it may, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration doesn’t care. It told Factcheck.org:24

“The claim that the FDA is required to take any of the authorized or approved mRNA COVID-19 vaccines off the market is false. With over a billion doses of the mRNA vaccines administered, no safety concerns related to the sequence of, or amount of, residual DNA have been identified.”

Never mind the fact that never-before-seen “turbo cancers” are sending people to their graves in record numbers. Nothing to see there.

Dose Response Found Between DNA Contamination Load and Adverse Events

October 27, 2023, McKernan and four other coauthors published a preprint paper25 in which they explore the dose response between the COVID shot lots found to be contaminated with DNA and serious adverse events.

The lots tested included 27 vials from 12 unique lots from Moderna and Pfizer. Residual DNA was found in all vials, but Moderna had lower and more consistent levels, suggesting they’re using a more standardized manufacturing process than Pfizer. The U.S. Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS) was then queried for the number and categorization of adverse events reported for each of the lots tested.

“Quantification cycle (Cq) values (1:10 dilution) for the plasmid origin of replication (ori) and spike sequences ranged from 18.44 – 24.87 and 18.03 – 23.83 for Pfizer, and 22.52 – 24.53 and 25.24 – 30.10 for Moderna, respectively.

These values correspond to 0.28 – 4.27 ng/dose and 0.22 – 2.43 ng/dose (Pfizer), and 0.01-0.34 g/dose and 0.25 – 0.78 ng/dose (Moderna), for ori and spike respectively …

In an exploratory analysis, we found preliminary evidence of a dose response relationship of the amount of DNA per dose and the frequency of serious adverse events (SAEs). This relationship was different for the Pfizer and Moderna products …

Conclusion: These data demonstrate the presence of billions to hundreds of billions of DNA molecules per dose in these vaccines. Using fluorometry, all vaccines exceed the guidelines for residual DNA set by FDA and WHO of 10 ng/dose by 188 – 509-fold.

However, qPCR residual DNA content in all vaccines were below these guidelines, emphasizing the importance of methodological clarity and consistency when interpreting quantitative guidelines.

The preliminary evidence of a dose-response effect of residual DNA measured with qPCR and SAEs warrant confirmation and further investigation. Our findings extend existing concerns about vaccine safety and call into question the relevance of guidelines conceived before the introduction of efficient transfection using LNPs.

With several obvious limitations, we urge that our work is replicated under forensic conditions and that guidelines be revised to account for highly efficient DNA transfection and cumulative dosing.”

Resources for Those Injured by the COVID Jab

The more we learn about the COVID jabs, the worse they appear, and if iDNA shots become reality, we may be looking at an even greater calamity. It’s time to end the madness before it’s too late, and the way we do that is by rejecting all gene-based shots, be they RNA, mRNA, DNA, iDNA or anything else they might come up with.

Also, if you already got one or more COVID jabs and are now reconsidering, you’d be wise to avoid all vaccines from here on, including conventional ones, as you need to end the assault on your body. Even if you haven’t experienced any obvious side effects, your health may still be impacted long-term, so don’t take any more shots.

If you’re suffering from side effects, your first order of business is to eliminate the spike protein that your body is producing. Two remedies that can do this are hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin. Both drugs bind and facilitate the removal of spike protein.

The Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC) has developed a post-vaccine treatment protocol called I-RECOVER. Since the protocol is continuously updated as more data become available, your best bet is to download the latest version straight from the FLCCC website at covid19criticalcare.com.26

For additional suggestions, check out the World Health Council’s spike protein detox guide,27 which focuses on natural substances like herbs, supplements and teas. Sauna therapy can also help eliminate toxic proteins by stimulating autophagy.

https://articles.mercola.com/sites/mercola/special-content/dynamic-ending-ad-black-friday-magnesium.aspx?cid_medium=email

– Sources and References

TODAY’S FREE ARTICLES

7,4 d.

Bio-terror as a method of government.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here

Nowbuild Adewole Reels | Facebook

Rachael Angela Reels | Facebook

Spiritual Insights Reels | Facebook

Shawn Close Reels | Facebook

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem,why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Ukraine sold

Same as usual. Biden is more corrupt than Zelensky. How can just 1 man destroy the US/ World?

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

KeepersAliens part2

Monroe

Australia

satan

Fallen angels

Genocide

freemasons

do not buy

Zelenski

Being stripe of everything the last few thousand years

Music and DNA

Book of Enoch

|Justice Forman Facebook

Epstein

dollar crash

Tesla

Enoch 80

Witchcraft or Satanism

Cern

Antarctica

demons

rothschild

DNA reset

Yoga

| Facebook

kundalini

reels div

Fallen Angels

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

Guardian Angels cough on camera. Click here for the video.

Gigi Young.

The Truth About Beings From Other Worlds

In Occult Science there are beings from other planets, however, how and why they come to our planet differs greatly from modern disclosure narratives.

They were initiators

The first difference is that in Spiritual Science a being from another planet appears on the earth as an initiating force. They appear as initiators for humanity which, in turn, is part of a larger evolution within the solar system. The mixing of certain planetary streams at certain key times is how the solar system evolves as a living organism.

Further, other planets and stars are actually other aspects of our own earth, or our own earth in different developmental cycles. These visitations, and periods of initiation, can clearly be tracked and known through the epochs of time. It is not a chaotic mystery in any way.

The idea that ‘aliens’ are a threat, or deeply unknowable and mysterious to humanity, is either pure ignorance, or calculated propaganda. Either way, it is time to return to a true and meaningful cosmology.

There is no logical reason to view the cosmos, and beings from other worlds, as unknowable and chaotic. The Occult Science can clearly be studied and understood by anyone willing.

Beings from other planets are part of our own chain of development

What’s more is that genuine beings from another sphere of development are not ‘alien’ but rather part of the spiritual hierarchies in the cosmos. They are part of a direct chain of development in which humanity is a direct member. And, as members of the spiritual hierarchy, the times in early human development when certain beings came from other spheres was to initiate humanity, or gift humanity with certain capacities.

The 8th Sphere is not another planet

The concept of beings from another world is often conflated with the lower aspect of our own earth, the 8th sphere. There are entities of a lower, fallen nature that are technically in what is called the abyss, or the 8th sphere, which is the lower portion, or ‘hell’, of our own planet. The 8th sphere is an extension of the earth! It is not another planet! The beings from the earth’s abyss look deformed and are what many people of the past would simply call demons.

In other words, what people think are ‘aliens’ from another planet are beings from the the 8th sphere the fallen realm of the earth. There is nothing about them that is actually from another planet. This is pure deception.

They don’t/didn’t use material technology to get here.

The last difference is that *higher* beings from other worlds do not arrive in nuts and bolts ships. They do not use technology. They do not need it. They rely on inner spiritual power to communicate and traverse the material plane. They have transcended physicality and are not bound by it!

Quite simply, at this point in time, physical technology is only used by us earthly humans! And there is a great effort by certain darker forces to create a different idea about how the cosmos works and the beings within it. The main tenet for dark forces is to convince humanity that technology is the pinnacle of human development. In this way, technology replaces inner (spiritual) development. To achieve this humanity must believe that advanced beings themselves use technology.

At this point people become confused about abductions and physical experiences with beings that claim to be alien. To understand this we must understand the creation of golems. The beings that appear as ‘aliens’, in the most physical cases, are more often than not golems. They’re created forms to house dark entities. Of course there are rare exceptions of entities from the abyss directly manifesting, but that takes incredible energy. It is much easier to simply create a goelm for demonic entities to enter. Astral encounters, which accounts for the vast majority of ‘contact’, are better classified as spiritual experiences with higher (angelic hierarchies) or lower beings (8th sphere). They’re not ‘aliens’ and those experiences do not qualify as a seperate category. They have been part of the human experience since our beginnings.

Advanced technologies exist but are really a vestige of Atlantis, a different period of human development entirely. Our work now is to internalize our development, and, every thing that advanced technology claims to do, we can do through spiritual development. Technology was simply training wheels. Spiritual masters (and higher spiritual beings) do not show up in a ship, humans do. Physical earth based people and their golems do.

Understanding these key truths will help us navigate waves of false disclosure that will come in the future.

More Esoteric Secrets of Disclosure:

https://www.youtube.com/playlist…

Video link about biblical angels

Please click link for video

New reel on facebook.

Please click on link above for video found on facebook?



by Andrew Collinsfrom NewDawnMagazine Website  Andrew Collins
broke into the alternative publishing arena with his ground-breaking tome From the Ashes of Angels (1996), the culmination of five years’ work on the Watchers and Nephilim with the help of his friend and colleague Richard Ward.
Since then he has written four more books that challenge the way we view the past: Gods of Eden (1998), Gateway to Atlantis (2000), Tutankhamun: The Exodus Conspiracy (2002) and Twenty-First Century Grail (2004). .Andrew lectures worldwide, and is the organizer of QuestCon, Britain’s most popular annual event on revisionist history, forbidden archaeology and ancient mysteries.
He lives with his wife Sue in the Essex seaside town of Leigh-on-Sea. All notes and references used for this article can be found in the author’s book From the Ashes of Angels.

Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.

 Part One New Dawn No. 40 (January-February 1997)
Angels are something we associate with beautiful Pre-Raphaelite and renaissance paintings, carved statues accompanying gothic architecture and supernatural beings who intervene in our lives at times of trouble. For the last 2000 years this has been the stereotypical image fostered by the Christian Church. But what are angels? Where do they come from, and what have they meant to the development of organized religion?

Many people see the Pentateuch, the first five books of the Old Testament, as littered with accounts of angels appearing to righteous patriarchs and visionary prophets. Yet this is simply not so. There are the three angels who approach Abraham to announce the birth of a son named Izaac to his wife Sarah as he sits beneath a tree on the Plain of Mamre. There are the two angels who visit Lot and his wife at Sodom prior to its destruction. There is the angel who wrestles all night with Jacob at a place named Penuel, or those which he sees moving up and down a ladder that stretches between heaven and earth.

Yet other than these accounts, there are too few examples, and when angels do appear the narrative is often vague and unclear on what exactly is going on. For instance, in the case of both Abraham and Lot the angels in question are described simply as ‘men’, who sit down to take food like any mortal person.
 
Influence of the Magi

It was not until post-exilic times – i.e. after the Jews returned from captivity in Babylon around 450 BC – that angels became an integral part of the Jewish religion. It was even later, around 200 BC, that they began appearing with frequency in Judaic religious literature. Works such as the Book of Daniel and the apocryphal Book of Tobit contain enigmatic accounts of angelic beings that have individual names, specific appearances and established hierarchies. These radiant figures were of non-Judaic origin. All the indications are that they were aliens, imports from a foreign kingdom, namely Persia.

The country we know today as Iran might not at first seem the most likely source for angels, but it is a fact that the exiled Jews were heavily exposed to its religious faiths after the Persian king Cyrus the Great took Babylon in 539 BC. These included not only Zoroastrianism, after the prophet Zoroaster or Zarathustra, but also the much older religion of the Magi, the elite priestly caste of Media in north-west Iran. They believed in a whole pantheon of supernatural beings called ahuras, or ‘shining ones’, and daevasahuras who had fallen from grace because of their corruption of mankind.

Although eventually outlawed by Persia, the influence of the Magi ran deep within the beliefs, customs and rituals of Zoroastrianism. Moreover, there can be little doubt that Magianism, from which we get terms such as magus, magic and magician, helped to establish the belief among Jews not only of whole hierarchies of angels, but also of legions of fallen angels – a topic that gains its greatest inspiration from one work alone – the Book of Enoch.
 
The Book of Enoch

Compiled in stages somewhere between 165 BC and the start of the Christian era, this so-called pseudepigraphal (i.e. falsely attributed) work has as its main theme the story behind the fall of the angels. Yet not the fall of angels in general, but those which were originally known as ’îrin (’îr in singular), “those who watch”, or simply ‘watchers’ as the word is rendered in English translation.

The Book of Enoch tells the story of how 200 rebel angels, or Watchers, decided to transgress the heavenly laws and ‘descend’ on to the plains and take wives from among mortal kind. The site given for this event is the summit of Hermon, a mythical location generally associated with the snowy heights of Mount Hermon in the Ante-Lebanon range, north of modern-day Palestine (but see below for the most likely homeland of the Watchers).

The 200 rebels realize the implications of their transgressions, for they agree to swear an oath to the effect that their leader Shemyaza would take the blame if the whole ill-fated venture went terribly wrong.

After their descent to the lowlands, the Watchers indulge in earthly delights with their chosen ‘wives’, and through these unions are born giant offspring named as Nephilim, or Nefilim, a Hebrew word meaning ‘those who have fallen’, which is rendered in Greek translations as gigantes, or ‘giants’.
 
Heavenly Secrets

In between taking advantage of our women, the 200 rebel angels spent their time imparting the heavenly secrets to those who had ears to listen. One of their number, a leader named Azazel, is said to have “taught men to make swords, and knives, and shields, and breastplates, and made known to them the metals (of the earth) and the art of working them”, indicating that the Watchers brought the use of metal to mankind. He also instructed them on how they could make “bracelets” and “ornaments” and showed them how to use “antimony”, a white brittle metal employed in the arts and medicine.

To the women Azazel taught the art of “beautifying” the eyelids, and the use of “all kinds of costly stones” and “colouring tinctures”, presupposing that the wearing of make-up and jewellery was unknown before this age. In addition to these crimes, Azazel stood accused of teaching women how to enjoy sexual pleasure and indulge in promiscuity – a blasphemy seen as ‘godlessness’ in the eyes of the Hebrew storytellers.

Other Watchers stood accused of revealing to mortal kind the knowledge of more scientific arts, such as astronomy, the knowledge of the clouds, or meteorology; the “signs of the earth”, presumably geodesy and geography, as well as the “signs”, or passage, of the celestial bodies, such as the sun and moon. Their leader, Shemyaza, is accredited with having taught “enchantments, and root-cuttings”, a reference to the magical arts shunned upon by most orthodox Jews.  One of their number, Pênêmûe, taught “the bitter and the sweet”, surely a reference to the use of herbs and spices in foods, while instructing men on the use of “ink and paper”, implying that the Watchers introduced the earliest forms of writing. Far more disturbing is Kâsdejâ, who is said to have shown “the children of men all the wicked smitings of spirits and demons, and the smitings of the embryo in the womb, that it may pass away”. In other words he taught women how to abort babies.

These lines concerning the forbidden sciences handed to humanity by the rebel Watchers raises the whole fundamental question of why angels should have possessed any knowledge of such matters in the first place. Why should they have needed to work with metals, use charms, incantations and writing; beautify the body; employ the use of spices, and know now to abort an unborn child? None of these skills are what one might expect heavenly messengers of God to possess, not unless they were human in the first place.

In my opinion, this revelation of previously unknown knowledge and wisdom seems like the actions of a highly advanced race passing on some of its closely-guarded secrets to a less evolved culture still striving to understand the basic principles of life.

More disconcerting were the apparent actions of the now fully grown Nephilim, for it says:And when men could no longer sustain them, the giants turned against them and devoured mankind. And they began to sin against birds, and beasts, and reptiles, and fish, and to devour one another’s flesh, and drink the blood. Then the earth laid accusation against the lawless ones. By now the cries of desperation from mankind were being heard loud and clear by the angels, or Watchers, who had remained loyal to heaven. One by one they are appointed by God to proceed against the rebel Watchers and their offspring the Nephilim, who are described as “the bastards and the reprobates, and the children of fornication”.  The first leader, Shemyaza, is hung and bound upside down and his soul banished to become the stars of the constellation of Orion. The second leader, Azazel, is bound hand and foot, and cast for eternity into the darkness of a desert referred to as Dûdâêl.  Upon him are placed “rough and jagged rocks” and here he shall forever remain until the Day of Judgment when he will be “cast into the fire” for his sins. For their part in the corruption of mankind, the rebel Watchers are forced to witness the slaughter of their own children before being cast into some kind of heavenly prison, seen as an “abyss of fire”.
 
Seven Heavens

The patriarch Enoch then enters the picture and, for some inexplicable reason, is asked to intercede on behalf of the incarcerated rebels. He attempts to reconcile them with the angels of heaven, but fails miserably. After this the Book of Enoch relates how the patriarch is carried by angels over mountains and seas to the “seven heavens”.  Here he sees multitudes of angelic beings watching stars and other celestial bodies in what appear to be astronomical observatories. Others tend orchards and gardens that have more in common with an Israeli kibbutz than an ethereal realm above the clouds.

Elsewhere in ‘heaven’ is Eden, where God planted a garden for Adam and Eve before their fall – Enoch being the first mortal to enter this domain since their expulsion.

Finally, during the life of Enoch’s great-grandson, Noah, the Great Flood covers the land and destroys all remaining traces of the giant race. Thus ends the story of the Watchers.
 
The Sons of God

What are we to make of the Book of Enoch? Are its accounts of the fall of the Watchers and the visits to heaven by the patriarch Enoch based on any form of historical truth? Scholars would say no. They believe it to be a purely fictional work inspired by the Book of Genesis, in particular two enigmatic passages in Chapter 6. The first, making up Verses 1 and 2, reads as follows:And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the ground, and daughters were born unto them, that the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all that they chose.By ‘sons of God’ the text means heavenly angels, the original Hebrew being bene ha-elohim. In Verse 3 of Chapter 6 God unexpectedly pronounces that his spirit cannot remain in men for ever, and that since humanity is a creation of flesh its life-span will henceforth be shortened to “an hundred and twenty years”. Yet in Verse 4 the tone suddenly reverts to the original theme of the chapter, for it says:

The Nephilim were in the earth in those days, and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them: the same were the mighty men which were of old, the men of renown.

As the Pentateuch is considered to have been written by Moses the lawgiver in c.1200 BC, it is assumed that the lines of Genesis 6 influenced the construction of the Book of Enoch, not the other way round. Despite this obvious assumption on the part of Hebrew scholars, there is ample evidence to show that much of Genesis was written after the Jews return from captivity in Babylon during the mid-fifth century BC.  If this was the case, then there is no reason why the lines of Genesis 6 could not have been tampered with around this time. In an attempt to emphasize the immense antiquity of the Book of Enoch, Hebrew myth has always asserted that it was originally conveyed to Noah, Enoch’s great grandson, after the Great Flood, i.e. long before the compilation of Genesis.  This claim of precedence over the Pentateuch eventually led the Christian theologian St Augustine (AD 354-430) to state that the Book of Enoch was too old (ob nimiam antiquitatem) to be included in the Canon of Scripture!
 
Roots of the Nephilim

There is another enigma contained within the lines of Genesis 6, for its appears to embody two entirely different traditions.

Look again at the words of Verse 2. They speak of the Sons of God coming unto the Daughters of Men, while in contrast Verse 4 states firmly: “The Nephilim were in the earth in those days and also after that when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men (author’s emphasis)”.And also after that…

The meaning seemed clear enough: there were two quite separate traditions entangled here – one concerning the fallen race known to the early Israelites as the Nephilim (mentioned elsewhere in the Pentateuch as the progenitors of a race of giants called Anakim), and the other concerning the bene ha-elohim, the Sons of God, who are equated directly with the Watchers in Enochian tradition.  Theologians are aware of this dilemma, and get around the problem by suggesting that the angels fell from grace twice – once through pride and then again through lust. It seems certain that the term Nephilim was the original Hebrew name of the fallen race, while bene ha-elohim was a much later term – plausibly from Iran – that entered Genesis 6 long after its original compilation.

In spite of the contradictions surrounding Genesis 6, its importance is clear enough, for it preserved the firm belief among the ancestors of the Jewish race that at some point in the distant past a giant race had once ruled the earth.

So if the Watchers and the Nephilim really had inhabited this world, then, Who or what were these seemingly physical beings? Where did they come from? What did they look like? Where did they live and what was their ultimate fate? The Book of Enoch was a vital source of knowledge with regard to their former existence, but I needed more – other less tainted accounts of this apparent race of human beings.

Then came an important break.
 
The Dead Sea Connection

Hebrew scholars had long noted the similarities between some of the reactionary teachings in the Book of Enoch and the gospels according to the Essenes – a fundamental, yet very righteous religious community spoken of by classical scholars as having existed on the western shores of the Dead Sea. This connection was strengthened after 1947 when it was realized that among the Dead Sea Scrolls, now considered to have been written by the Essenes, were various fragments of texts belonging to several copies of the Book of Enoch.  Up until this time the only complete manuscript copies available to the literary world had been various copies written in the Ethiopian written language of Ge’ez, the first of which had been brought back to Europe by the Scottish explorer and known Freemason James Bruce of Kinnaird following his famous travels in Abyssinia between 1769 and 1772.

Not only did the Dead Sea Scrolls confirm the authenticity of the Book of Enoch, but they also showed that it had been held in great esteem by the Essene community at Qumran, who may even have been behind its original construction sometime after 165 BC.  More importantly, Hebrew scholars also began to identify various other previously unknown tracts of an ‘Enochian’ flavour among the Dead Sea corpus, and these included further references to the Watchers and their offspring the Nephilim. Many of these individual fragments were eventually realized by Dead Sea scholar J.T. Milik to be extracts from a lost work called the Book of Giants.

Previously this had only been known from isolated references in religious texts appertaining to the Manichaeans, a heretical gnostic faith that swept across Europe and Asia, as far as China and Tibet, from the third century AD onwards.

The Book of Giants continues the story told in the Book of Enoch, relating how the Nephilim had coped with knowing that their imminent destruction was due to the improprieties of their Watcher fathers. Reading this ancient work allows the reader a more compassionate view of the Nephilim, who come across as innocent bystanders in a dilemma beyond their personal control.
 
Visage Like A Viper

Yet aside from this still very fragmentary treatise, other Enochian texts have surfaced among the Dead Sea Scrolls which in my opinion are just as important. One of these is the Testament of Amram.

Amram was the father of the lawgiver Moses, although any biblical time-frame to this story is irrelevant. What is much more significant is the appearance of the two Watchers who appear to him in a dream-vision as he rests in his bed, for as the heavily reconstructed text reads:[I saw Watchers] in my vision, the dream-vision. Two (men) were fighting over me, saying… and holding a great contest over me. I asked them, ‘Who are you, that you are thus empo[wered over me?’ They answered me, ‘We] [have been em]powered and rule over all mankind.’  They said to me, ‘Which of us do yo[u choose to rule (you)?’ I raised my eyes and looked.] [One] of them was terr[i]fying in his appearance, [like a s]erpent, [his] c[loa]k many-coloured yet very dark… [And I looked again], and… in his appearance, his visage like a viper, and [wearing…] [exceedingly, and all his eyes…].The text identifies this last Watcher as Belial, the Prince of Darkness and King of Evil, while his companion is revealed as Michael, the Prince of Light, who is also named as Melchizedek, the King of Righteousness. It is, however, Belial’s frightful appearance that took my attention, for he is seen as terrifying to look upon and like a ‘serpent’, the very synonym so often used when describing both the Watchers and the Nephilim.  If the textual fragment had ended here, then I would not have known why this synonym had been used by the Jewish scribe in question. Fortunately, however, the text goes on to say that the Watcher possessed a visage, or face, “like a viper”. Since he also wears a cloak “many-coloured yet very dark”, I had also to presume that he was anthropomorphic, in other words he possessed human form.
 
Visage like a viper…

What could this possibly mean? How many people do you know with a “visage like a viper”? For over a year I could offer no suitable solution to this curious metaphor.

Then, by chance, I happened to overhear something on a national radio station that provided me with a simple, though completely unexpected answer. In Hollywood, Los Angeles, there is a club called the Viper Room. It is owned by actor and musician Johnny Depp, and in October 1993 it hit the headlines when up-coming actor River Phoenix tragically collapsed and died as he left the club following a night of over-indulgence. In the media publicity that inevitably surrounded this drugs-related incident, it emerged that the Viper Room gained its name many years beforehand when it had been a jazz haunt of some renown.  Story goes that the musicians would take the stage and play long hours, prolonging their creativity and concentration by smoking large amounts of marijuana. Apparently, the long term effects of this drug abuse, coupled with exceedingly long periods without food and sleep, would cause their emaciated faces to appear hollow and gaunt, while their eyes would close up to become just slits. Through the haze of heavy smoke, the effect was to make it seem as if the jazz musicians had faces like vipers, hence the name of the club.

This amusing anecdote sent my mind reeling and enabled me to construct a mental picture of what a person with a “visage like a viper” might look like; their faces would appear long and narrow, with prominent cheekbones, elongated jawbones, thin lips and slanted eyes like those of many East Asian racial types. Was this the solution as to why both the Watchers and Nephilim were described as walking serpents?  It seemed as likely a possibility as any, although it was also feasible that their serpentine connection related to their accredited magical associations and capabilities, perhaps even their bodily movements and overall appearance.
 
The Appearance of Feathers

Another important reference to the appearance of Watchers comes from the so-called Secrets of the Book of Enoch, also known as 2 Enoch, a kind of sequel to the original work written in Greek and dating to the first century AD. The passage refers to the unexpected arrival of two Watchers as Enoch rests on his bed:And there appeared to me two men very tall, such as I have never seen on earth. And their faces shone like the sun, and their eyes were like burning lamps; and fire came forth from their lips. Their dress had the appearance of feathers:… [purple], their wings were brighter than gold; their hands whiter than snow. They stood at the head of my bed and called me by my name.White skin (often ruddied “as red as a rose”), tall stature and facial radiances “like the sun” all recur frequently in connection with the appearance of angels and Watchers in Enochian and Dead Sea literature. Yet what was this reference to their dress having “the appearance of feathers”? Might it relate in some way to the “cloak” worn by the Watcher named Belial who appears in the Amram story, which was said to have been “many-coloured yet very dark”, precisely the effect one might expect from a coat of black feathers, like those belonging to crows or vultures perhaps? In spite of the fact that Christian art has invariably portrayed angels with wings, this tradition goes back no further than the third or fourth century AD. Before this time true angels (Cherubim and Seraphim did have multiple sets of wings) appeared in the likeness of “men”, a situation that often prompted textual translators to add wings on to existing descriptions of angels. This has almost certainly been the case in the above account taken from 2 Enoch, which was re-copied many times during the early years of Christianity.

With this observation in mind, I felt that the statement concerning the Watchers dress having “the appearance of feathers” was very revealing indeed. It also seemed like an over-sight on the part of the scribe who conveyed this story into written form, for having added wings to the description of the two “men”, why bother saying they wore garments of feathers? Surely this confusion between wings and feather coats could have been edited to give the Watchers a more appropriate angelic appearance.
 
Bird Shamans

Somehow I knew it was a key to unlocking this strange mystery, for it suggested that, if the Watchers had indeed been human, then they may have adorned themselves in garments of this nature as part of their ceremonial dress. The use of totemic forms, such as animals and birds, has always been the domain of the shaman, the spirit walkers of tribal communities. In many early cultures the soul was said to have taken the form of a bird to make its flight from this world to the next, which is why it is often depicted as such in ancient religious art. This idea may well have stemmed from the widely-held belief that astral flight could only be achieved by using ethereal wings, like those of a bird, something that almost certainly helped inspire the idea that angels, as messengers of God, should be portrayed with wings in Christian iconography.

To enhance this mental link with his or her chosen bird, shamans would adorn their bodies with a coat of feathers and spend long periods of time studying its every movement. They would enter its natural habitat and watch every facet of its life – its method of flight, its eating habits, its courtship rituals and its actions on the ground. In doing so they would hope to become as birds themselves, an alter-personality adopted on a semi-permanent basis.  Totemic shamanism is more-or-less dependent on the indigenous animals or birds present in the locale of the culture or tribe, although in principle the purpose has always been the same – using this mantle to achieve astral flight, divine illumination, spirit communication and the attainment of otherworldly knowledge and wisdom.

So could the Watchers and Nephilim have been bird-men?

The answer is almost certainly yes, for in the Dead Sea text entitled the Book of Giants, the Nephilim sons of the fallen angel Shemyaza, named as ’Ahy? and ’Ohy?, experience dream-visions in which they visit a world-garden and see 200 trees being felled by heavenly angels. Not understanding the purpose of this allegory they put the subject to the Nephilim council who appoint one of their number, Mahawai, to go on their behalf to consult Enoch, who now resides in an earthly paradise.  To this end Mahawai then:[…rose up into the air] like the whirlwinds, and flew with the help of his hands like [winged] eagle […over] the cultivated lands and crossed Solitude, the great desert, […]. And he caught sight of Enoch and he called to him…Enoch explains that the 200 trees represent the 200 Watchers, while the felling of their trunks signifies their destruction in a coming conflagration and deluge. More significant, however, is the means by which Mahawai attains astral flight, for he is said to have used “his hands like (a) [winged] eagle.”  Elsewhere in the same Enochian text Mahawai is said to have adopted the guise of a bird to make another long journey. On this occasion he narrowly escapes being burnt up by the sun’s heat and is only saved after heeding the celestial voice of Enoch, who convinces him to turn back and not die prematurely – a story that has close parallels with Icarus’s fatal flight too near the sun in Greek mythology.

In addition to this evidence, a variation of this same text equates Shemyaza’s sons “not (with) the… eagle, but his wings”, while in the same breath the two brothers are described as “in their nest”, statements which prompted the Hebrew scholar J.T. Milik to conclude that, like Mahawai, they too “could have been bird-men”.

This was compelling confirmation that angels were originally a culture or tribe who practiced a form of bird shamanism, perhaps associated with a dark carrion bird such as the crow or vulture.
   Part TwoNew Dawn No. 41 (March-April 1997)
 
Since the Enochian and Dead Sea literature was written by olive-skinned Jews of the post-exilic period, it is quite clear they were reciting traditions concerning a completely different race from a completely different climate. So who were these human angels, and where might they have lived?

Since we now know that the legends of the fall of the angels most probably originated in Iran, more precisely in the north-western kingdom of Media (modern-day Azerbaijan), then there is every reason to associate these traditions with the mountains beyond Media.  This is tentatively confirmed by another Dead Sea text entitled the Genesis Apocryphon which records that after his ascent to heaven the patriarch Enoch spent the rest of his life “among the angels” in “paradise”. Although the term “paradise” is used in some translations of the original text, the actual word is “Parwain”.

I was therefore quite stunned to find that among the ancient traditions of the Mandaeans, a Magi-linked religion found mostly among the Marsh Arabs of Lower Iraq, “Parwan” is a holy mountain apparently located in the vicinity of Media in northwestern Iran. Furthermore, both “Parwan” and “Parwain” would appear to derive their root from the old Median word “Parswana“, meaning “rib, side, frontier”, used to describe the peoples and territories beyond the borders of Media.

These would have included the region of Parsa to its south and, more significantly, the mountainous region known as Parsua to its west. Was Enoch therefore believed to have lived “among the angels” in the harsh mountainous territories beyond the limits of the ancient kingdom of Media? In the remote region of Parsua, to the west of Media, perhaps? Is this where the Watchers came from? Is it from here that they descended on to the plains to take mortal wives and reveal the forbidden arts and secrets of heaven?In Iranian tradition the realm of the immortals and the seat of the mythical godkings of Iran (who like the fallen race of Judaic tradition were said to have been tall in stature with ivory white skin and shining countenances), was known as the Airyana Vaejah, the Iranian Expanse. Traditions fostered by the Magi imply quite clearly that this ethereal domain was located among the mountains of Media.

All roads appeared to lead to the mountainous region of modern-day Azerbaijan, which forms the eastern-most flanks of a vast snow-capped expanse that stretches west to the Taurus mountains of eastern Anatolia and northern Syria; north to the remote regions of Russian Armenia; and south-east along the length of the Zagros mountains, as they gradually descend towards the Persian Gulf and act as a virtually impenetrable barrier between Iraq and Iran.

This enormous, mostly desolate part of the earth, home in the most part to wandering nomads, bands of warring rebels, isolated religious communities and the occasional village, town or city, is known to the world as Kurdistan – the cultural and political homeland of the much troubled Kurdish peoples.

Yet according to biblical and apocryphal tradition, it was here also that the Garden of Eden, the resting place of Noah’s Ark and the stomping ground of the early patriarchs could be found. It was here too that I now realized I would have to go in search of the realm of the immortals.
 
Eastwards, in Eden

The Book of Genesis speaks of God establishing a garden “eastwards, in Eden”. Here Adam and Eve became humanity’s first parents before their eventual fall from grace through the beguiling of the subtle Serpent of Temptation. Serpents were not only a primary synonym for the Watchers and Nephilim, but the Book of Enoch even states which “Serpent”, or Watcher, led our first parents into temptation. Interestingly enough, the Bundahishn, a holy text of the Zoroastrian faith, cites Angra Mainyu, the Evil Spirit and father of the daevas, as assuming this same role, and like the Watchers he too is described as a serpent with “legs”.

So where was Eden? All we know is that it was situated among the Seven Heavens, a paradisiacal realm with gardens, orchards and observatories in which the angels and Watchers reside in the Book of Enoch.

The word ‘Eden’ is translated by Hebrew scholars as meaning ‘pleasure’ or ‘delight’, a reference to the fact that God created the garden for the pleasure of mankind. This is not, however, its true origin. The word ‘Eden’ is in fact Akkadian – the proto-Hebrew, or Semitic, language introduced to Mesopotamia (modern-day Iraq) by the people of Agade, or Akkad, a race that seized control of the ancient kingdom of Sumer during the second half of the third millennium BC. In their language the word ‘Eden’, or edin, meant a ‘steppe’ or ‘terrace’, as in a raised agricultural terrace.

Turning to the word ‘paradise’, I found that this simply inferred a ‘walled enclosure’, after the Persian root pairi, ‘around’, and daeza, ‘wall’. It is a late-comer to Judaeo-Christian religious literature and was only really used after the year 1175 AD.

The English word ‘heaven’, on the other hand, is taken from the Hebrew ha’shemim, interpreted as meaning ‘the skies’. It can also refer to ‘high places’, such as lofty settlements. Moreover, the Hebrew word-root shm can mean ‘heights’, as well as ‘plant’ or ‘vegetation’, implying perhaps that the word ‘heaven’ might be more accurately translated as a ‘planted highlands’.

This quick round of simple etymology, in my opinion at least, conjured the image of a walled, agricultural settlement with stepped terraces placed in a highlands region. So is this what Eden was – a ‘walled, agricultural settlement’ placed among the mountains of Kurdistan? Had it been tended by angels under the dominion of the heavenly Watchers as is suggested by the text of the Book of Enoch? More importantly, where had it been located?
 The Rivers of Paradise

The Book of Genesis says that from Eden stemmed the headwaters of the four rivers of paradise. The names of these are given as the Pishon, Gihon, Hiddekel and Euphrates. Of these four, only the last can properly be identified by name. The Euphrates flows through Turkish Kurdistan, Syria and Iraq before emptying into the Persian Gulf.  The other three were identified by early biblical scholars respectively with the Ganges of India (although occasionally the Orontes of northern Syria), the Nile of Africa and the Tigris of western Asia, which, like its sister river the Euphrates flows through Iraq and empties into the Persian Gulf. The first two were chosen as suitable substitutes simply because they were looked upon by scholars as the mightiest rivers of the classical world; only the connection between the Hiddekel and the Tigris made any sort of geographical sense.

In no way could it be said that all four of these rivers rose in the same geographical region, a problem that was conveniently overlooked by theologians before the re-discovery of cartography in the sixteenth century. Other sources, particularly the Armenian Church, accepted the Euphrates and Tigris as two of the four rivers of paradise, yet chose to associate the other two, the Pishon and Gihon, with, respectively, the Greater Zab, which rises in Turkish Kurdistan and empties into the Tigris, and the Araxes, which rises in Armenia and empties into the Caspian Sea.

Had the Armenian Church been right to do this? Possibly yes, as they were the inhabitants of the geographical region in question and may well have been privy to local traditions unavailable to the outside theological world.

Whatever the identities of the four rivers of paradise, Kurdish tradition places their headwaters in the vicinity of Lake Van, an enormous inland sea – some 60 miles across and around 35 miles wide – situated on the border between Turkish Kurdistan and Armenia. Indeed, legend records that the Garden of Eden now lies ‘at the bottom of Lake Van’, after it was submerged beneath the waves at the time of the Great Flood.Lake Van – click image for details  Curiously enough, it is the mountain of Cudi Dag, or Mount Judi, south of Lake Van that the Moslems as well as the various different faiths of Kurdish extraction locate the so-called Place of Descent, the site where Noah’s Ark came to rest after the Great Flood. The attribution of this very same location with the more familiar Mount Ararat is a pure Christian invention that has no real basis in early religious tradition.

All this therefore implied that the compilers of the Book of Genesis placed both the birth-place of humanity, i.e. the Garden of Eden, and its point of regeneration after the Great Flood in the same general region of northern Kurdistan, surely a clue to the fact that the key to the origins of the Watchers lay in this same geographical area of the map.
 
The Heavenly Mountain

There is much more, however, for it is not just the Iranian and Jewish races that cite Kurdistan as the cradle of civilization. The mythologies of both the Sumerians, who ruled the various Mesopotamian city-states from around 3000 BC onwards, and their eventual conquerors, the Akkadians, placed the homeland of the gods in this exact same region.  The Akkadians originated as a Semitic, or proto-Hebrew, race of uncertain origin, and in their religious literature this heavenly abode is referred to as Kharsag Khurra, the heavenly mountain. Here the gods, also known as the Anannage, lived in a paradisiacal realm with gardens, orchards, temples and irrigated fields that not only resemble the Seven Heavens described in the Book of Enoch, but is actually referred to on more than one occasion as edin, the Akkadian for ‘steppe’ or ‘plateau’.

Even further linking Kharsag with the Jewish domain of angels is the knowledge that the Anannage, like the Enochian Watchers, were governed by a council of seven. These undoubtedly equate with the seven archangels of post-exilic Judaism as well as the six so-called Amesha Spentas, or ‘bounteous spirits’, who with the supreme god Ahura Mazda, preside over the angelic hierarchies in Iranian tradition.

Were the Anannage, the gods and goddesses of Kharsag, simply another form of the Watchers of Enochian and Dead Sea literature, whose homeland was a lofty agricultural settlement called Eden or heaven, located somewhere amid the mountains of Kurdistan?
 
The Search for Dilmun

Kharsag is not the only name used by the ancient Mesopotamians to refer to their place of first beginnings. This cradle of civilization was also known by the name Dilmun, or Tilmun. Here, it was said, the god Ea and his wife were placed to institute “a sinless age of complete happiness”. Here too animals lived in peace and harmony, man had no rival and the god Enlil “in one tongue gave praise”.  It is also described as a pure, clean and “bright” “abode of the immortals” where death, disease and sorrow are unknown and some mortals have been given “life like a god”, words reminiscent of the Airyana Vaejah, the realm of the immortals in Iranian myth and legend, and the Eden of Hebraic tradition.

Although Dilmun is equated by most scholars with the island of Bahrain in the Persian Gulf, there is evidence to suggest that a much earlier mythical Dilmun was located in a mountainous region beyond the plains of Sumer. But where exactly was it located?

Mesopotamian inscriptions do not say; however, the Zoroastrian Bundahishn text and the Christian records of Arbela in Iraqi Kurdistan both refer to a location named Dilam?n as having existed around the headwaters of the Tigris, south-west of Lake Van – the very area in which the biblical Eden is said to have been located.

Furthermore, Ea (the Akkadian Enki) was said to have presided over the concourse of Mesopotamia’s two greatest rivers – the Tigris and Euphrates – which are shown in depictions as flowing from each of his shoulders. This would have undoubtedly have meant that the head-waters, or sources, of these rivers would have been looked upon as sacred to Ea by the cultures of Mesopotamia’s Fertile Crescent.

More curious is the knowledge that, as in Hebrew and Iranian myth, there would appear to have been a fall of the gods of Anu, the Anannage. Whilst 300 of their number remained in heaven, some 600 others, under the leadership of Nergal, god of the underworld, settled among mortal kind. Here they provided mankind with everything from basic agriculture, to astronomy, land irrigation, building technology and structured society.
 
Sounds familiar?

These rebel Anannage lived “in the earth”, a reference to an “underworld” realm connected with the ancient city of Kutha, north of Babylon. In this “House of Darkness” lived “demons” and Edimmu, giant blood-sucking vampires who would return to the surface world after dark to steal the souls of the undead.

Could these infernal beings be a distorted memory of the rebel Watchers and their monstrous offspring, the Nephilim? Might these fallen angels have lived in underground cities after their descent on to the plains?
 
The Bodies of Birds

Ancient Mesopotamia fathered whole pantheons of devils and demons – each class having its own appearance, functions and attributes. Some were beneficial to mankind, while others caused only pain, suffering and torment in the mortal world.

In the story of the goddess Ishtar’s descent to the underworld, preserved in Assyrio-Babylonian tradition, the “chiefs” of the “House of Darkness” were said to have been “like birds covered with feathers”, who “from the days of old ruled the earth, (and) to whom the gods Anu and Bel have given terrible names”.  In one cuneiform tablet written in the city of Kutha by a scribe “in the temple of Sitlam, in the sanctuary of Nergal” it describes the incursions into Mesopotamia of a race of demons, fostered by the gods in some nether region. They are said to have waged war on an unnamed king for three consecutive years and to have had the appearance of: Men with the bodies of birds of the desert, human beings with the faces of ravens,
these the great gods created,
and in the earth the gods created for them a dwelling…
in the midst of the earth they grew up and became great, and increased in number,
Seven kings, brothers of the same family,
six thousand in number were their people.These “men with the bodies of birds” were looked upon as “demons”. They would appear only once a storm-cloud had consumed the deserts and would slaughter those whom they took captive, before returning to some inaccessible region for another year.

There seems every reason to suggest that these fierce “demons” were not incorporeal spirits at all, but beings of flesh and blood adorned in cloaks of feathers and bird paraphernalia.

But who were these human demons, and how did they relate to the development of civilization in Mesopotamia?
 
Uncertain Forces

The Sumerians were a unique people with their own language and culture. Nobody knows their true origin or where exactly they may have obtained the seeds of knowledge that helped establish the various city-states during the fourth millennium BC. Yet the Sumerians themselves were quite explicit on this point.  They said their entire culture had been inherited from the Anannage, the gods of Anu, who had come from an ancestral homeland in the mountains. To emphasize this point they used an ideogram of a mountain to denote “the country”, i.e. Sumer, and built seven-tiered ziggurats in honour of these founder gods.

Was it possible therefore that the proposed Watcher culture of Kurdistan provided the impetus for the rise of western civilization?

Archaeologists have no problem accepting Kurdistan as the cradle of Near Eastern civilization. Shortly after the recession of the last Ice Age, c.8500 BC, there emerged in this region some of the earliest examples of agriculture, animal domestication, baked and painted pottery, metallurgy and worked obsidian tools and utensils.  Curiously enough, from c.5750 BC onwards for several hundred years the trade in raw and worked obsidian throughout Kurdistan seems to have been centered around an extinct volcano named Nemrut Dag on the south-western shores of Lake Van, the very area in which both the mythical lands of Eden and Dilmun are likely to have been located.Kurdistan was undoubtedly the point of origin of the so-called Neolithic explosion from the ninth millennium BC onwards. Indeed, it is because of this settled community lifestyle in Kurdistan that the earliest known form of token bartering developed. This primitive method of exchange eventually led to the establishment of the first written alphabet and ideogram system on the Mesopotamian plains sometime during the fourth millennium BC. It is therefore understandable that civilization first arose in the Fertile Crescent during this same age. From here, of course, it quickly spread to many other regions of the Old World.

In the light of this information it appears that the evolution of the Middle East seems cut and dry, the actions of a few sophisticated protoneolithic farming communities located in the mountains and foothills of Kurdistan being responsible for the growth of civilized society. Yet what caused this so-called ‘neolithic explosion’, and why on earth did it start in this remote, and very mountainous, region? Something was missing, for as Mehrdad R. Izady, a noted scholar of Kurdish cultural history, has observed:

The inhabitants of this land went through an unexplained stage of accelerated technological evolution, prompted by yet uncertain forces. They rather quickly pulled ahead of their surrounding communities, the majority of which were also among the most advanced technological societies in the world, to embark on the transformation from a low-density, hunter-gatherer economy to a high-density, food producing economy. What might these “yet uncertain forces” have been? Were they the Watchers, who were said to have provided mankind with the forbidden arts and sciences of heaven? If so, was I overlooking important evidence already unearthed by the spades of palaeontologists and archaeologists that might support such a wild hypothesis? Turning to the archaeological reports and transactions on excavations in Kurdistan, I searched long and hard. What I found astounded me. For instance, in the late 1950s Ralph and Rose Solecki, two noted anthropologists, were uncovering the different occupational levels inside a huge cave overlooking the Greater Zab river at a site known as Zawi Chemi Shanidar, when they made a discovery of incredible significance to this debate.  They unearthed a number of goat skulls placed alongside a collection of wing bones belonging to large predatory birds. All of the wings had been hacked from the bodies of the birds in question, while many had still been in articulation when found. Carbon 14 dating of the organic deposits associated with these remains indicated a date of 10,870 years (+/-300 years), that is 8870 BC.

The bird wings were subsequently identified as those of four Gyptaeus barbatus (the bearded vulture), one Gyps fulvus (the griffon vulture), seven Haliaetus albicilla (the white-tailed sea eagle) and one Otis tarda (the great bustard) – only the last of which is still indigenous to the region. There were also the bones of four small eagles of indeterminable species. All except for the great bustard were raptorial birds, while the vultures were quite obviously eaters of carrion.

The discovery of these severed bird wings had posed obvious problems for the Soleckis. Why had only certain types of birds been selected for this purpose, and what exactly had been the role played by these enormous predatory birds in the minds of those who had placed them within the Shanidar cave?
 
Shaman’s Wings

In an important article entitled ‘Predatory Bird Rituals at Zawi Chemi Shanidar’, published by the journal Sumer in 1977, Rose Solecki outlined the discovery of the goat skulls and bird remains. She suggested that the wings had almost certainly been utilized as part of some kind of ritualistic costume, worn either for personal decoration or for ceremonial purposes.  She linked them with the vulture shamanism of Catal Huyuk, a protoneolithic community in central Anatolia (Turkey), which reached its zenith a full 2000 years after these bird’s wings had been deposited 565 miles away in the Shanidar cave.  Rose Solecki recognized the enormous significance of these finds, and realized that they constituted firm evidence for the presence of an important religious cult in the Zawi Chemi Shanidar area, for as she had concluded in her article:The Zawi Chemi people must have endowed these great raptorial birds with special powers, and the faunal remains we have described for the site must represent special ritual paraphernalia. Certainly, the remains represent a concerted effort by a goodly number of people just to hunt down and capture such a large number of birds and goats…  (Furthermore, that) either the wings were saved to pluck out the feathers, or that wing fans were made, or that they were used as part of a costume for a ritual. One of the murals from a Catal Huyuk shrine… depicts just such a ritual scene; i.e., a human figure dressed in a vulture skin…Here was extraordinary evidence for the existence of vulture shamans in the highlands of Kurdistan c.8870 BC! What’s more, all this was happening just 140 miles south-east of the suggested location for Eden and Dilmun on Lake Van at a time when the highland peoples of Kurdistan were changing from primitive hunter-gatherers to settled protoneolithic communities.  Might these goats skulls and predatory bird remains have some connection with the “yet uncertain forces” behind the sudden Neolithic explosion in this region? Remember, I had already established that the Watchers wore coats of feathers, plausibly those of the crow or vulture.

My mind reeled with possibilities. What on earth had been going on in this cave overlooking the Greater Zab, which, of course, has been cited as one of the four rivers of paradise? Had it been visited by Watchers, human angels, in the ninth millennium BC? The presence of the predatory bird remains made complete sense, but what about the fifteen goat skulls – how might they have fitted into the picture?
 
A Goat for Azazel

The Pentateuch records how each year on the Day of Atonement a goat would be cast into the wilderness “for Azazel”, carrying on its back the sins of the Jewish people. Moreover, Azazel, one of the two leaders of the fallen angels, was said to have fostered a race of demons known as the seirim, or ‘he-goats’.  They are mentioned several times in the Bible and were worshipped and adored by some Jews. There is even some indication that women actually copulated with these goat-demons, for it states in the Book of Leviticus: “And they shall no more sacrifice their sacrifices unto the he-goats (seirim), after whom they go a whoring”, perhaps a distant echo of the way in which the Watchers had taken wives from among mortal kind. This clear relationship between the Watchers and he-goats is so strong that it led Hebrew scholar J.T. Milik to conclude that Azazel “was evidently not a simple he-goat, but a giant who combined goat-like characteristics with those of man”. In other words, he had been a goat-man – a goat shaman.

So it seemed that not only were the Watchers “bird-men”, vulture shamans indulging in otherworldly practices, but also goat shamans. It is bizarre to think that this association between Azazel and the goat was the impetus behind the goat becoming a symbol of the devil, as well as the reason why the world is so adverse to the inverted pentagram today.
 
The Peacock Angel

Kurdish scholar Mehrdad Izady also sees the predatory bird remains of the Shanidar cave as evidence of a shamanistic culture whose memory influenced the development of angel lore. Kurdistan is home to three wholly indigenous angel-worshipping cults – the most notorious and enigmatic of these being the Yezidis of Iraqi Kurdistan.  Their beliefs centre around a supreme being named Melek Taus, the ‘peacock angel’, who is venerated in the form of a strange bird icon known as a sanjaq. These statues, which sit on a metal column similar to a candlestick, are usually made of copper or brass. More curious is that the oldest known sanjaqs are clearly not peacocks at all, showing instead a bulbous avian body and head with a hooked nose. Two examples of sanjaqs, the metal bird icons venerated by the angel-worshipping Yezidi of Kurdistan. On the left is one
seen by Sir Austen Henry Layard in 1849, and on the right is another sketched by Mrs. Badger in 1850. Are these strange
icons abstract memories of Kurdistan’s protoneolithic vulture shamans?
 Izady has suggested that the sanjaq idols are more likely to be representations of a predatory bird like those apparently venerated by the shamans of Shanidar, in other words either the vulture, eagle or bustard.
 
The Jarmo People

All this was good news, for its helped vindicate the idea of an advanced culture existing in the mountains of Kurdistan at the point of inception of the Neolithic revolution. If it was these vulture shamans who had carried this superior knowledge to the gradually developing farming communities of the lower foothills, then perhaps they really were the truth behind the myth of the Watchers who imparted the heavenly sciences to mankind.  There was, however, no description of these shamans beyond the appearance of their ceremonial garments. Did they in any way resemble the tall, white-skinned individuals with shining countenances and viper-like faces referred to in the Enochian and Dead Sea literature? Might there also be archaeological evidence for the former existence of a race bearing at least some of these distinctive features?  Indeed there is, for at a place called Jarmo, which overlooks the Lesser Zab river in Iraqi Kurdistan, archaeologists have uncovered evidence of an advanced protoneolithic community that thrived from around 6750 BC for up to 2000 years; indeed, the oldest known examples of primitive metallurgy have been found at Jarmo. More interesting is the knowledge that these people were a dab hand at producing small sculpted images in slightly-baked clay.  Literally thousands of these figurines have been unearthed from the earliest occupational levels upwards. Most of them depict animals and birds. Some represent typically human heads, while others show a female figure, plausibly a representation of the Mother Goddess.

It almost appeared as if the Jarmo community enjoyed capturing images of the world around them, in much the same way that we take photographs today. Yet if this was the case, then how can we explain the presence among these small figurines of several anthropomorphic heads with elongated faces, slit eyes and clear ‘lizard’, or more correctly serpentine features? They are virtually inhuman in appearance and have more in common with bug-eyed aliens than abstract human forms.

Seeing pictures of these Jarmo heads sent a shiver down my spine, for the better examples bore striking similarities to the description of Watchers in Enochian and Dead Sea literature. Was it therefore possible that the neolithic people of Jarmo were depicting in partially abstract form the viper-like faces of the tall strangers in feather coats who would pay them uninvited visits? Was it these strangers who had provided communities like the one at Jarmo with the knowledge of metallurgy as well as the basic rudiments of agriculture?We can only speculate, but it is worth pointing out that obsidian tools found at Jarmo are known to have been fashioned from raw material obtained from the base of Nemrut Dag on Lake Van. Did the Watchers deal in obsidian? Might these finely-worked tools be a sign of their presence among other similar-like communities of Kurdistan?
 Part Three
New Dawn No. 42 (May-June 1997)
 
By 5500 BC the inhabitants of the Kurdish foothills were beginning to descend in great numbers on to the plains of Mesopotamia. It was around this date that Eridu (the biblical Erech), the Fertile Crescent’s first city, was established with its own temple complex that included an underground ritual pool.

Sometime around 5000 BC saw the arrival on to the northern plains of Mesopotamia of a new culture who are known today as the Ubaid (after Tell al’Ubaid, the mound-site where their presence was first detected during excavations by the eminent Near Eastern archaeologist Sir Leonard Woolley in 1922). They brought with them their own unique artistic style and funerary practices, including the habit of placing very strange anthropomorphic figurines in the graves of the dead.  The statuettes were either male or female (although predominantly female), with slim, well-proportioned naked bodies, wide shoulders, and strange reptilian heads that scholars generally refer to as ‘lizard-likein appearance. They bear long, tapered faces like snouts, with wide, eye-slits – usually elliptical pellets of clay pinched to form what are known as ‘coffee-bean’ eyes – and a thick, dark plume of bitumen on their heads to represent a coil of erect hair (similar coils fashioned in clay appear on some of the heads found at Jarmo). All statuettes display either female pubic hair or male genitalia.Each Ubaid figurine has it own unique pose. By far the strangest and most compelling shows a naked female holding a baby to her left breast. The infant’s left hand clings on to the breast, and there can be little doubt that it is suckling milk. It is a very touching image, although it bears one chilling feature – the child has long slanted eyes and the head of a reptile.  This is highly significant, for it suggests that the baby was seen as having been born with these features. In other words, the ‘lizard-like’ heads of the figurines are not masks, or symbolic animalistic forms, but abstract images of an actual race believed by the Ubaid people to have possessed such reptilian qualities.

In the past these ‘lizard-like’ figurines have been identified by scholars as representations of the Mother Goddess – a totally erroneous assumption since some of them are obviously male – while ancient astronaut theorists such as Erich von Daniken have seen fit to identity them as images of alien entities. In my opinion, both explanations attempt to bracket the clay figurines into popular frameworks that are insufficient to explain their full symbolism.  Furthermore, since most of the examples found were retrieved from graves, where they were often the only item of any importance, Sir Leonard Woolley concluded that they represented “chthonic deities” that is, underworld denizens connected in some way with the rites of the dead.

In addition to this realization, it seems highly unlikely that they represent lizard-faced individuals, since lizards are not known to have had any special place in Near Eastern mythology. Much more likely is that the heads are those of serpents which are known to have been associated with Sumerian underworld deities such as Ningiszida, Lord of the Good Tree.

Since the heads of the Ubaid figurines appear to be styled on the much earlier examples found at Jarmo in the Kurdish mountains, were they highly abstract representations of viper-faced Watchers?

That these figurines were found specifically in grave sites suggests that they were connected with some kind of superstitious practice involving rites of the dead. What were the Ubaid attempting to achieve by placing such strange images alongside their deceased relatives? Were they trying to ensure the safe passage of the soul into the next world, or were they attempting to protect the corpse once the burial had taken place?

In later Babylonian tradition there was a true fear that if the dead were not interred in the correct manner, then their souls would be taken down into the underworld to become blood-sucking Edimmu. Is this what the Ubaid feared – that their departed would be made into vampires if the viper-faced Watchers were not appeased in the current manner? Did this include the burial of figurines bearing abstract features connected with their distorted memory of the fallen race?
 The Underworld

Although no trace of any underworld domain can today be found in Mesopotamia, chthonic citadels of extreme antiquity do exist in the Near East. For example, beneath the plains of Cappadocia in eastern Turkey there are no less than 36 underground cities, the most famous being the one at Derinkuyu which is estimated to have housed some 20,000 inhabitants. Those cities explored so far penetrate downwards for anything up to a quarter of a mile.  They have streets, complex tunnel systems, living quarters and communal rooms and areas. Each one can be sealed off from the outside world by rolling into place huge circular doors, while on the surface the only visible sign of their presence are upright megalithic stones marking the positions of deep wells that double-up as air shafts to the various levels.

No one knows who built these underworld domains. They are at least 4000 years old, while tentative evidence suggests they were constructed as early as 9000 BC, when the final thrust of the last Ice Age was about to bring arctic-style conditions to the Middle East.  At the same time rains of fire spewed out of active volcanoes, and when the Ice Age finally receded floods comparable with the deluge of the Bible wreaked havoc in low-lying areas. Moreover, Persian myth records that the ancestors of the Iranian race had escaped the long winter of snow and ice by building a var, a word denoting an underground city (curiously, the word ark means “city” in the Persian language).

The memory of such subterranean worlds are also likely to have been behind the Judaeo-Christian belief in Gehenna and Hell – the fiery realm into which the fallen angels were cast as a punishment for their interference in the affairs of mankind.
 
Cappadocia’s Lunar Landscape

In the same general vicinity as the underground cities of Cappadocia is a virtual lunar landscape made up of thousands of enormous rock cones whittled into shape by fierce winds over many thousands of years. Local tradition refers to them as peri bacalari, the fire chimneys of the Peri – beautiful fallen angels born of Iblis, the Arab-Persian form of Satan. These ‘fairy chimneys’, as they are inappropriately referred to in English, are today said to be haunted by the djinn, spectral relatives of the angels who also once lived in heaven before their fall.Many of these ‘fairy chimneys’ were occupied during early Christian times, while a number of them were actually fashioned into rupestral or troglodyte churches from the sixth century onwards. The oldest contain many fascinating images beyond the accepted iconography of the Early Church.  These include recurring geometric designs and, in one case a stylized bird-man, which may well reflect an art-style found in the 8000-year-old vulture shrines at Catal Huyuk. The close proximity of both this unique ‘Christian’ art and the site of Catal Huyuk to the underground cities cannot be overlooked. Remember too that in the story of Ishtar’s descent into the underworld the goddess encounters beings “like birds covered with feathers”, who “from the days of old ruled the earth”.

Is it possible that the dwellers of the underground cities were indeed the forerunners of those who built the sub-surface citadel of Catal Huyuk? Might they have been connected with the shamanistic Watcher culture of the Kurdish highlands, which lay some distance to the east of Cappadocia?
 
Children of the DjinnIf so, then where might these strange shamanistic cultures have originated? Did it simply develop in Turkey and Kurdistan shortly after the end of the last Ice Age, or had its original ancestors migrated from some foreign land? The angel-worshipping cults of Kurdistan see themselves only as descendents of the patriarch Noah, the saviour of humanity whose direct family settled in their land. In contrast, the Kurdish Jews preserve a very curious story concerning the origins of their gentile neighbours, whom they refer to as “children of the djinn”.  They say that long ago King Solomon ordered 500 djinn to find him 500 of the most beautiful virgins in the world. They were not to return until every last one was in their possession. The djinn had set about their immense task, going to Europe to seek out the maidens. Finally, after gathering together the correct number, the djinn were about to return to Jerusalem when they learnt that Solomon had passed away. In a dilemma, the djinn decided what to do. Should they return the girls to their rightful homes in Europe, or should they remain with them?  Because the young virgins had, “found favor in the eyes of the jinn, the jinn took them unto themselves as their wives. And they begot many beautiful children, and those children bore more children… And that is the way the nation of the Kurds came into being”.In another version of the same story, 100 genies are dispatched by Solomon to search out 100 of the world’s most beautiful maidens for his personal harem. Having achieved this quota, Solomon then dies and the 100 genies decide to settle down with the maidens amid the inaccessible mountains of Kurdistan. The offspring of these marriages result in the foundation of the Kurdish race, “who in their elusiveness resemble their genie forefathers and in their handsomeness their foremothers”.

As non-sensical as these legend may seem, they attempt to explain the inexplicable foreign features of certain Kurdish communities and point to their origin in the biblical kingdom of Solomon, in other words modern-day Israel.
 
Mountain of the Madai

The Mandaeans of Lower Iraq are more specific about the origin of their race. Although their direct ancestors are said to have come from a mythical location known as the Mountain of the Madai in Iranian Kurdistan, before that their most distant ancestors apparently originated in Egypt. Even though this might seem a mere fantasy on the part of the Mandaeans, it is a fact that their language contains various words that are undoubtedly of ancient Egyptian origin.  More importantly, they believe that after death the soul flies north (i.e. towards the mountains of Kurdistan) where it enters a mythical domain known as Mataratha, the place of judgment. Here the intelligences of the neter, the watch-houses, can be found. The term neter can be used as a noun in some Near Eastern languages to mean ‘watchers’, the very name of the first angels given in Enochian and Dead Sea literature, while in the ancient Egyptian language this same word is used to define the semi-divine beings who lived in a golden age known as zep tepi, the First Time.  Was it possible that the Watchers of Kurdistan were descendents of the neter-gods of Egypt?
 
The First Farmers

Although the Neolithic explosion is known to have begun in the mountains of Kurdistan sometime around 8500 BC, this was not the genesis of early agriculture, animal domestication, precision tool manufacture and structured community lifestyles. There is strong evidence that they were all present at various sites along the Nile in southern Egypt and northern Sudan as early as 12,500 BC.  These advanced communities continued to develop at a steady pace until 10,500 BC, when suddenly they ceased farming for no obvious reason. Scholars have put this complete and utter cessation of a sophisticated agricultural-based lifestyle among the Nilotic peoples down to the extremely high Nile floods which occurred during this epoch. Yet in my opinion there was something more behind this extraordinary U-turn on the part of these communities.

It almost seemed as if those who had taught the Nilotic peoples the rudiments of an agricultural lifestyle had suddenly departed the scene, leaving their obedient pupils to return to primitive hunter-gatherer lifestyles more familiar to the age in question. It is therefore interesting to note that after its apparent disappearance from Egypt c.10,500 BC, agriculture does not reappear again until it blossoms in Kurdistan a full 1500 years later.  Is it therefore possible that the teachers of the Nilotic communities departed Egypt for Kurdistan sometime between 10,500 and 9000 BC? Who exactly were these hypothetical agronomists and what made them leave the cultivated steppes of Paleolithic Egypt for pastures new? More importantly, were they the ancestors of the Watchers, the human angels of Enochian and Dead Sea tradition?
 
Redating the Sphinx

Hard evidence now emerging from Egypt strongly suggests that the Great Sphinx of Giza was not carved during Pharaonic times, as has always been believed, but much earlier instead. As has been widely publicized over the past few years, the geological profile of this most ancient of monuments suggests that it was fashioned before the gradual desiccation of the Middle East in the fourth millennium BC.  The intense weathering on its body would appear to have been induced, not by sand erosion, but by rain precipitation over the course of many thousands of years. The last time that rain fell in such profusion was during the period known to climatologists as the Neolithic sub-pluvial which occurred between 8000 and 5000 BC. This suggests that the Sphinx was carved either during or before this time.

The Sphinx is quite obviously a lion, the head of which was re-carved in Pharaonic times to represent a king wearing the nemes-headdress. Orientated exactly due east, it gazes out towards the point on the horizon where the sun rises each spring and autumn equinox. Its function is like that of a time-marker, a minute hand on a clock, recording the return of the solar orb as it passes through its 365-day cycle.  Yet it also possesses a less obvious, though perhaps more important ‘hour’ hand, and this one marks the minuscule shift in the starry canopy as it turns about its 26,000-year cycle of precession. This visual effect is caused by the extremely slow wobble of the earth, which might be compared with the swaying action of a child’s spinning top if revolving at a snail’s pace.
 
Built in the Age of Leo

In astronomical terms the phenomenon known as precession causes the 12 zodiacal constellations to shift backwards in line with the ecliptic, the sun’s path, in a regular sequence. In simple terms, this means that the stars rising alongside the sun make way for another constellation every 2160 or so years until all 12 signs have completed this astronomical merry-go-around.  To ‘read’ precession as a long-term time-cycle the ancients noted which sign rose with the sun on the spring equinox, the zero-point of the yearly calendar in many Middle Eastern cultures. If we look today towards the eastern horizon just before sun-rise on 21 March we will see the stars of Pisces. When Alexander the Great conquered the Persian Empire in 330 BC, the stars of Aries the ram were seen rising with the equinoctial sun, and when the Pyramids of Giza were built in c.2500 BC, it was the stars of Taurus the bull that rose with the sun on the spring equinox.

If the Great Sphinx was carved as an equinoctial marker at the same time the neighbouring Pyramids were constructed in Pharaonic times, then surely it would make more sense if it was a bull. Making it a lion hints at a connection with the stars of Leo, suggesting that it marked an age when the constellation of Leo rose with the equinoctial sun. The last Age of Leo occurred between 10,970 and 8810 BC, suggesting that the construction date of the Great Sphinx fell somewhere within this time-frame.  This is not a new idea by any stretch of the imagination. As far as I am aware, this theory was first put forward by British astro-mythologist Gerald Massey in 1907. In an extraordinary work entitled Ancient Egypt – The Light of the World he boldly concluded that, “… we may date the Sphinx as a monument which was reared by these great (Egyptian) builders and thinkers, who lived so largely out of themselves, some thirteen thousand years ago (i.e. in the age of Leo, its astronomical counterpart).”More recent astro-mythological evidence presented by Graham Hancock and Robert Bauval in their 1996 book Keeper of Genesis, convincingly demonstrates that the Great Sphinx, as well as the ground-plan of the Giza plateau as a whole, must date as early as 10,500 BC, the very time-frame given for the sudden cessation of proto-agriculture along the Nile.

Since we know that the great stone blocks removed from the sunken enclosure around the leonine monument at the time of its construction were used to build the nearby Sphinx and Valley Temples, then these too must date from the same distant epoch of human history.  All this indicates the presence in Egypt around 10,500 BC of an advanced culture adept in agronomy, engineering, building technology, as well as astro-mythology and geomythics that included a profound knowledge of the earth’s 26,000-year precessional cycle.Who were these people? Were these builders of the Great Sphinx really the ancestors of the tall, viper-faced Watchers of Kurdistan? Folklore, legend and the spread of Old World agriculture would appear to support this view. Yet if this was the case, then what happened to make this Egyptian Elder culture want to migrate to the highlands of Kurdistan?
 
Global Destruction

As has already been adequately demonstrated elsewhere (Hapgood, 1958 & 1970; Hancock, 1995; Flem-Ath, 1995), there is ample evidence that as the last Ice Age came to a close in the eleventh and tenth millennia BC, the world was shaken by a series of severe climatic changes and geological upheavals. Volcanoes erupted, earthquakes shook the ground, floods poured across the landscape and long periods of darkness blotted out the sun. This led to the destruction of countless millions of animals and the outright extinction of dozens of individual species.

Cataclysm legends across the world appear to record these events in colourful and often symbolic detail.

Egypt’s proposed Elder culture would have been right in the thick of this global destruction. Certainly it is known that the climatic changes during this epoch caused wide-spread flooding along the Nile, the reason scholars have suggested for the cessation of its proto-agriculture.
 
Father of Terrors

It seems likely that these troubled times forced Egypt’s high culture to fragment and disperse, hence the sudden cessation of proto-agriculture among the various Nile communities. This supposition is supported by vivid accounts of fire and flood from Egypt itself.  For example, surviving Coptic-Arab texts speak of the land being devastated both by floods and a great fire that came from “the constellation of Leo” – a reference not necessarily to some astronomical boloid coming from this part of the heavens, but to the time-frame in which these events occurred, in other words during the Age of Leo.

More telling is the myth of Sekhmet, the lion-headed deity in the Egyptian pantheon. Because the human race had turned its back on the ways of the sun-god Ra, or Re, whom it saw as “too old”, the fierce goddess unleashed an all-consuming fire. Her mass genocide would have resulted in the destruction of humanity had it not been for Ra’s personal intervention. He sent an intoxicating brew to cover the earth. Consuming this mixture made Sekhmet drunk so that she fell asleep.

Assuming that Sekhmet’s fierce fire was in some way representative of an all encompassing conflagration that devastated Egypt, Then might the intoxicating brew that covered the earth be a memory of a subsequent flood that also overwhelmed the land? If so, then was Sekhmet herself simply an allegorical allusion to the Age of Leo? The indications are that the lion of Leo came to symbolize the age of chaos and destruction that surrounded the end of the Ice Age, perhaps the reason why the Arabs referred to the Great Sphinx as the “Father of Terrors”.

In the story of Sekhmet the survivors of the human race attempt to escape the goddess’ devastating fire either by climbing a mountain or by hiding in ‘holes’ like ‘snakes’ or ‘worms’. Similar means of protection against the cataclysms that raged during the Age of Leo are found in mythologies around the globe, while the presence of such stories in Egyptian legend point towards the break-up of the Elder culture and its subsequent re-establishment in other regions.  Might this have included Cappadocia, where underground cities would appear to have been built as early as 9000 BC, and the mountains of Kurdistan, where the Watchers may well have catalyzed the beginning of the Neolithic revolution as early as 8500 BC?

The date for this apparent diaspora of the Elder culture towards the end of the last Ice Age can actually be pinned down with some degree of accuracy. For instance, a ninth-century Coptic-Arab text known as Abou Hormeis records that the astronomer-priests of Egypt, having realized the imminent destruction of their race, conceded that: “The deluge was to take place when the heart of the Lion entered into the first minute of the head of Cancer.” The ‘heart of the lion’ was the name given in classical times to the star Regulus, Leo’s ‘royal star’, which lies exactly on the ecliptic, the sun’s perceived daily course across the sky. Since the constellation of Cancer follows Leo only in the precessional cycle (Leo follows Cancer in the yearly cycle), then this appears to confirm that this legend preserved, not just the memory of probable historical events, but also the approximate date in which they occurred.

At my request, electronics engineer Rodney Hale punched the astronomical information contained in the Abou Hormeis account into a computer using a Skyglobe 3.5 programme. He ascertained that the last time Leo’s ‘royal star’ would have risen and been visible on the eastern horizon just prior to the equinoctial sunrise, was around 9220 BC.  When the star Regulus, the ‘heart of the lion’, no longer rose with the sun on the spring, or vernal, equinox, this would have been seen by the astronomer-priests of Egypt as a signal that the Age of Leo had come to an end, and the age of Cancer was either about to commence, or that it had already entered its ‘first minute’ of arc across the sky. This information therefore suggested that it was at this point that the Elder culture had departed Egypt in anticipation of a major deluge that was about to over-run their land.
 
Kosmokrator

If we now turn to Iranian tradition we find that various Zoroastrian texts, including the Bundahishn, speak of world history beginning 9000 years before the traditionally accepted date for the coming of its great prophet, Zoroaster, in 588 BC. This gives a date of 9588 BC. It was at this time, so one text states, that the faith’s dualistic deities, Ahura Mazda and Angra Mainyu, were born from “the fire of the air” and “the water of the earth” – cryptic references once again to fire and flood during the age of Leo.

The twin deities vie for superiority over heaven and earth, a battle that is only settled when Zoroaster is said to have vanquished the daeva-worshipping Magi priesthoods during his own life-time. Ever since this time the ‘Good Spirit’, Ahura Mazda, has ruled supreme.

Did all this imply that the ancestors of the Iranian god-kings had first inhabited their mythical homeland, known as the Airyana Vaejah, the Iranian Expanse, around 9585 BC? Give or take a few centuries, this date was remarkably close to the timeframe in which the Egyptian Elder culture would appear to have broken up. Since the Airyana Vaejah is equated with the Kurdish highlands, might this tradition also record the arrival in the region of those Elders who went on to establish the proposed Watcher culture?

According to Iranian mythology, the dualistic forces of Ahura Mazda and Angra Mainyu were born to a supreme being known as Zurvan, who symbolized ‘infinite time’. In the Roman cult of the god Mithras, which developed from primary Iranian sources, the concept of ‘infinite time’ was symbolized by a lion-headed deity.  Statues depicting this leonine figure show the twelve signs of the zodiac on its chest and a snake curling up over the top of its mane. Although the deity is not identified by name (although it is occasionally linked with Aeon, a gnostic god of time), scholars of Mithraism describe it as a kosmokrator, the controlling intelligence behind the phenomenon of precession.

To find a lion-headed kosmokrator that originated in a tradition that saw world history as having begun in 9588 BC, during the Age of Leo, was impossible to ignore. Could it be possible that although knowledge of the precessional cycle was understood by the Elder culture of Egypt, later cultures who inherited this tradition failed to comprehend its mechanics.  So instead of Leo making way for the age of Cancer, and then Gemini, and then Taurus, the symbol of the lion became the one and only kosmokrator, or guardian of infinite time, in much the same way that the Great Sphinx became a precessional time-marker on the plateau at Giza.
 
Tragedy of the Fall

Egypt’s Elder culture never made it into the pages of history. The memory of their apparent descendents, the Watchers of Kurdistan, is but a hollow victory on their part. Being remembered as beautiful angels who fell from grace, or as immortal gods and goddesses, or as lustful demons who corrupted the minds of mankind, hardly befits their incredible achievements in astronomy, agriculture, geomythics, building technology and structured society. It was almost certainly the descendents of the Egyptian Elder culture who paved the way for the growth of civilization in the Old World.

Yet these individuals did much more than this, for they would also appear to have left the world an important legacy. It can be traced in the astro-mythology and geomythics of the Giza plateau as well as in the universal myths and legends concerning global cataclysms and precessional data. It transcends all language barriers and can be ‘read’ by all. It is a simple message repeated again and again, like a recurring SOS Mayday signal, and it suggests that what befell their race could one day happen again.  For whatever reason, we as a race could sink into oblivion without trace and be wiped clean from the pages of history, unless, that is, we wake up from this collective amnesia we seem to have been experiencing for the past eleven thousand years and realize that we were never the first.

Free thinkers, mystics and maverick scholars have been telling us that civilization is much older than science would like us to believe for the past hundred years or more. Often their books repeat almost exactly the same evidence time after time. The Pyramids, Tiahuanaco, the Maya, Piri Reis, Hapgood, Plato and the Baghdad battery are just some of the buzz-words repeated again and again. Yet no one other than believers has ever taken these matters seriously.

With the re-dating of the Great Sphinx in particular, there is now too much evidence to deny that at the end of the last Ice Age a high culture existed in this world. Where these people came from is completely unknown. Some might suggest Atlantis, others will say they came from the skies, but to be honest we simply do not know. What is far more important is that we take each step at a time, and stick to hard facts, in the hope that this time the whole world will share in these greatest revelations of our time.
 
Selected Booklist Bauval, Robert, and Graham Hancock, Keeper of Genesis, Wm Heinemann, London, 1996Boyce, Mary, A History of Zoroastrianism, 1975, 3 vols., E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1989Charles, R.H., The Book of Enoch or 1 Enoch, Oxford Univ Press, 1912Eisenman, R., and M. Wise, The Dead Sea Scrolls Uncovered, Element, Shaftesbury, Dorset, 1992Flem-Ath, Rand and Rose, When the Sky Fell – In Search of Atlantis, Weidenfeld & Nicolson, London, 1995Fix, William R., Pyramid Odyssey, Jonathan-James Books, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, 1978Hancock, Graham, Fingerprints of the Gods – A Quest for the Beginning and the End, Wm Heinemann: London, 1995Hapgood, Professor Charles, The Path of the Pole, Chilton, New York, 1970Hapgood, Professor Charles, Maps of the Ancient Sea Kings, 1966, Tumstone Books, 1979 Izady, Mehrdad R., The Kurds – A Concise Handhook, Crane Russak, London, 1992 Massey, Gerald, Ancient Egypt – The Light of the World, 2 vols., T. Fisher & Unwin, London, 1907Milik, J.T., The Book of Enoch – Aramaic Fragments of Qumran Cave 4, OUP, 1976Morfill, W.R., edit and intro R. Charles, The Book of the Secrets of Enoch, Oxford Univ Press, 1896Ulansey, David, The Origins of the Mithraic Mysteries – Cosmology and Salvation in the Ancient World, OUP, 1989Return to The Warchers-NephilimReturn to Temas / Vida Alienigena Return to The Occult Reptilian Saga  

Project Turaneusiam-2 (T-2)

550-250 MYA many species where seeded by HU-1 ET’s (plants, animals, insects)… Also some ether beings spent time here. There were wars fought by races who did not want this rescue mission to succeed. Once Earth was secured the Ur-Tarranates of the Sphere of Amenti began birthing on Earth. This was known as the T-2 experiment, the 12-tribe seeding. 5-Cloister races emerged known as the Palaidorians. These races were less dense and did not possess gender, their bodies contained 8-DNA strands (active).

They were the guardians for DNA evolution. Please click for video on the link

The five Cloister Races were: Ur-Antrians (brown skin, DNA Strand-2) Yunaseti (Black skin, DNA#6) Breanoua (Red skin, DNA#3) Hibiru (White skin, DNA#4) Melchizedeks (Yellow skin, DNA#5) These cloistered races left no remains on earth, as they were here during an Anti-particle universe cycle. Sphere of Amenti = Hall of Records (Time/Portal) Each planet in our solar system holds a part of Tara’s HU-2 Morphogenetic field. Tara HU-2 can not ascend to become Gaia HU-3 unless all these planets in our HU-1 solar system complete the full manifestation of these morph-fields. The pattern of the Morph-field appears as a standing wave of blue colour with a pale shade of green. This Blue flame is earth’s portion of Tara (Staff of Amenti) Earth’s own flame is Orange-Gold. Tara’s own flame is Blue-Green (known as the Gates of Ivory, Pearly gates) Gaia’s own flame is Violet-Gold Metagalactic Core’s own flame White-Gold.

#Oraphim #angelichumanity #newearth #gaia #newearthnow #unityconsciousness #keylonticscience #Ashayanadeane #DiamondSunDNA #crystals #numerology #indigochildren #indigos #crystalchildren #heartcentered #newage #metaphysical #lightbody #starseed #zodiac #lightlanguage #crystalhealing #lawofattraction #DoubleDiamondSunDNA

ARhAyas.com

The World Management Team or Interior Government represents a manifestation of the collective Shadow that has covertly directed the course of human evolution and cultural formation since ancient times.

If we do not acknowledge this force and learn how to posture ourselves in relation to it, we will become subjects of advanced Mind Control technologies between 2000-2017, suffer genetic digression, loose the little freedom we presently have and our Earth will fall under more Intruder ET dominion.

Interior Government is referred to a group of ET Intruders (unenlightened Zetas and others) and humans who have as their only agenda a quest for world power and are in the back of our official governments.

Their main agenda is aimed at “populace control” through One World Order (OWO).

These humans (often called the Illuminati) think nothing of betraying their own people, seeing the others as lesser and expendable.

The humans involved in this scheme are blinded by their pursuit of power and domination. They cooperate with the Zetas and other intruders allowing them to take what they desire from the human populace in return for technological and genetic advancements.

This group of humans would love to “live forever” since they have very little true spiritual comprehension – death is view as their greatest treat. They are nearly obsessed with techniques, genetic or otherwise, that will prolong life span and deter biological deterioration.

They are dangerous people, with many resources, but they are a minority. Around 100,000 key (human) members globally. Many other are involved but do not consciously know what they are submerged within.

They don’t want people to be informed and realize what we are really capable of doing.

In earlier phases of development angelic beings in service to humanity cast out the regressive fallen forces that threatened our progress. Now humanity must choose to cast these lower forces out of themselves. This process serves as an initiation into a higher spiritual paradigm.

They prefer to keep us distracted, and will create all sorts of political, economic and environmental strategies aimed at fueling controversy, internal conflict and other preoccupations so the public does not have time or energy to notice that information on many things is being withheld and misrepresented.

They will never allow us to embrace our personal essence and follow it into spiritual awakening,

They keep us busy with “more important things” than looking for answers to our lives in the true potential and capability of our multi-dimensional spiritual structure and in the fact that we are not the only or most intelligent form of life in the universe.

Does availability of money affect you?

Does personal security for yourself and loved ones affect you?

Does your biological and psychological health affect you?

Are holistic therapies being discredited and the use of drugs has increased for the treatment of“ emotional” conditions and “new” mental disorders?

Why do you think the UFO sightings are repressed and censored from the media whenever possible?

Are you “pushed” to see only the “status quo” , the mainstream consensual reality, held in place?

What does the mainstream consensual reality teaches you?

Do you learn from childhood that you are a blessed multidimensional being here to manifest your self-sovereignty?

Does your training prepare you to work cooperatively in co-creation with others, or does it teach you to separate yourself from others and compete for limited rewards?

Do the ideas of these around you convince you that the world is a safe and joyful place, or do they suggest that the world is cold and dangerous?

Are you trained to reach out to your fellow humans in trust, or to be suspicious, protect yourself and retreat in fear?

Are you taught to love yourselves, your bodies and others, or to judge and condemn?

These are some of the specific areas they use to manipulate us in the mass level.

Your mainstream program tells you that everywhere you are helpless and victimized by forces beyond your control, that the world is a harsh and cruel place of limited resources for which you must compete, that your bodies are vulnerable and unable to protect themselves against disease, that humanity is chaotic and “sinful” and human nature cannot be trusted.

You are trained to believe through constant repetition and reinforcement that there is not “enough” and you must always need more, and that you are not enough. Not pretty enough or smart enough, strong enough, fast enough, powerful enough, wealthy enough or good enough.

You are taught, just as your parent have been, to believe that you are only what exist between the top of you head and the tip of your toes. You are trained to doubt the self, fear the self, punish the self, and to place your trust in authorities or “experts” that exist outside of you.

You are taught to long for but be afraid of power, and to fear your ability to handle it wisely.

You are programmed to believe that what is on the outside is more important than what is on the inside and to continually distract yourself with the more important external aspects of reality.

You are too busy, overburden or distracted to take the time to explore the self, everything else seems “more important.”

Sacrifice the self, serve others, work hard, make more, buy more, need more… compete, push, produce.

Emotion is power, but you are taught to repress and invalidate emotional cognition. The intuitions and higher senses give you direct access to greater power and knowledge. And you are taught to negate, fear, devaluate, disown and discredit intuitive perception.

When people can lead themselves they do not need leaders, and when people can heal themselves they do not need healers. When people realize that “God” exists within them and that they exist within that force, they will not need other to save them.

There is no safety in blindness, only blindness. Safety comes from awareness and making appropriate choices, informed choices, and that is precisely what the Interior Government does not the masses to be capable of doing.

They prefer to keep all of us distracted, fragmented and confused, so we will not notice that our freedom is being stolen out from under us.

The Interior Government works “behind the scenes” while a “puppet government” maintains the illusion of freedom for the people by running campaigns of disinformation and propaganda whereby the populace is led to believe that these policies are in the best interest of the global community.

The base program that people in your time have been subconsciously following has trained you to close your minds, and to fear, judge and condemn many of the ideas and technologies (such as those of intuitive development) that would heal and set you free.

Look at the program and ask yourselves:

Does it nurture human potential or does it limit its possibilities?

It begets brotherhood and harmony, or does it create separation, segregation and power struggle?

Does it allow you to love and honor yourselves and others?

Does it teach you respect for all life?

The understanding shared by the New Age Movement and the Secret Government represents a conscious cognition and scientific validation of the existence of multi-dimensional structure, inter-dimensional operations and the existence of other sentient life forms from within the multi-dimensional universes that interact directly with Earth and its people.

Neither side realizes the whole structure, or the operational laws of nature within this multi-dimensional framework, and both are exploring these new frontiers to serve their intrinsic objectives.

From the Energy Healing, Channeling, Vortex/Chakra technologies and ET/Angelic contact of the New Age, to the EMP (Electro-magnetic pulse) technologies (See: HAARP), Remote viewing, Time-travel/Star Gate technologies and intruder ET Contact of the Secret Government.

#TheWorldManagementTeam #Lucifer #ArchangelMichael #Thoth #GalacticFederation #AshtarCommand #NewWorldOrder #cosmicconsciousness #shadowgovernment #angelichumanity #selfawarenessjourney #lawofone #lightbody #dnaactivation #higherfrequencies #higherdimensions #higherawarness #masteryourmind #Anunnaki #innerwisdom #spiritualdevelopment #embodiment #intentionsetting #spiritualbeings #lawofattractioncoach #metatron #starseed #lightlanguage #lightworkersunited #lawofone

~Tan-Tri-Ahura Teachings~

Fallen Angels, Demons And Their Agenda

In this video, Gary Wayne shares information about the Nephilim that you may not be aware of. The Judgment of the Fallen Angels is coming, and the Nephilim are worried!

There is a lot of information out there about the Nephilim, and it’s important that we know the truth about them. In this video, Gary Wayne shares with you some of the latest information about the Nephilim and the Judgment of the Fallen Angels. Be sure to stay tuned because this is definitely something you don’t want to miss!

The Fall of the Angels, Their Demise and Destruction. But they won’t leave until they take as many souls with them as possible. Gary Wayne speaks on the Genesis 6 conspiracy and the battle between the fallen angels, humanity and demons.

Partner With @TruthSeekah At www.Patreon.com/TruthSeekah

Full Length Discussion At

https://www.truthseekah.com/nephilim-fallen-angels-demons…

#bible #Nephilim #giants #FallenAngels #demons #spiritualwarfare #christianity

ARhAyas Tan-Tri-Ahura Teachings

Rapid advancements in human neuroscience and neurotechnology open unprecedented possibilities for accessing, collecting, sharing and manipulating information from the human brain. Such applications raise important challenges to human rights principles that need to be addressed to prevent misuse or unintended negative consequences. This proposal assesses the implications of emerging neurotechnology applications in the context of the human rights framework and suggests that existing human rights are not sufficient to respond to these emerging issues. After analysing the relationship between neuroscience and human rights, we identify four new neuro-specific human rights that will be vital in the effort of protecting the human brain: the right to cognitive liberty, the right to mental privacy, the right to mental integrity, and the right to psychological continuity.

The volume and variety of neurotechnology applications is rapidly increasing inside and outside the clinical and research setting. The ubiquitous distribution of cheaper, scalable and easy-to-use neuro-applications has the potential of opening unprecedented opportunities at the brain-machine interface level and making neurotechnology intricately embedded in our everyday life. While this technological trend may generate immense advantage for society in many ways, its implications for ethics and the law remain largely unexplored. We argue that in the light of the disruptive change that neurotechnology is determining in the digital ecosystem, the normative terrain should be urgently prepared to prevent misuse or unintended negative consequences. In addition, given the fundamental character of the neurocognitive dimension, we argue that such normative response should not exclusively focus on tort law but also on foundational issues at the level of human right law.

Absolute rights

The freedom of thought, freedom from slavery, torture and inhumane or degrading treatment or punishment are regarded by international human rights law as not subject to any exceptions and, therefore, as absolute rights. Absolute rights cannot be limited for any reason. No circumstance justifies a qualification or limitation of absolute rights. Absolute rights cannot be suspended or restricted, even during a declared state of emergency. The right to cognitive liberty, the right to mental privacy, the right to mental integrity, and the right to psychological continuity should also be enacted into law as absolute rights.

“The Targeted Angelic Collective” Facebook Community Page, Support For Targeted Individuals

Scalar Devices – Defense Against Governmental Psycotronic Attacks

Targeted America Evidence

The Truth About Fallen Beings

Dark Practitioners, or people who are possessed by fallen entities, do not just summon them for knowledge, wealth and power, the larger goal is to create a direct line from the abyss into the earth.

Eventually they would like to have no barrier between the earth and the abyss, effectively eliminating the reality that they were cast out of the life wave in earlier eras of the earth.

Ultimately these entities want to be released from their prison to avoid their potential annihilation. To do this they must systematically have individuals open portals to their plane so that it can begin to merge with the earth. This can now be be done through technologies, and of course, technology can be used in a ceremonial way.

As fallen entities are now inhuman and desperately behind in their development, they also need the human form to be altered into a lower condition so that they may not only enter it, but also control it. Thus another important goal for lower beings is to alter the human form genetically as well as through transhumanism.

Gigi Young

20u  · 

permeates experiential space. Vril distribution is ordained. Vril threads, channels, and causeways flood and intermingle freely. Human artifice uses special material configurations to gain Vril contact. Vril gives viscera-eidetic experience. Vril is the living generator of the experiential universe.

CELT.Virol, Viria:arm, bracelet, woven
OE.wabem:to waver
ON.vafra:to hover about
veifa:to wave
OE.waefre:restless, waver
wefen:to weave
ME.VirlVirole   Virell   Verelle   Ferrule
Weven:to move to and fro
OF.Viriola
F.Vrille:tendril, vine
Viril:potent, enlivening

Vril does not have a singular appearance. Vril is all eidetic content and vision, experience, and consciousness. Vril filamentary presence is the experiential axis. Vril filamentary presence is the conscious anchor and ground. Vril threads provide the conscious firmaments. Vril is the reference structure of the experiential universe. The discovery of true deep eidetic content derives through the glowing black aura. The human organism translates easily through the glowing black aura.

On whether Anthroposophy, or Traditional Esoterica, is compatible with the concept of ‘inter-dimensional beings’ or ‘aliens.’

“Anthroposophy is compatible with what we would call inter-dimensional beings. “inter-dimensional” is a scientized word for spiritual, so we are talking about spiritual beings in the spiritual planes.

The Spiritual Beings in the spiritual planes are outlined in Steiner’s lectures on the Spiritual Hierarchies. Higher spiritual beings are called Angels in the Western Tradition.

The fallen beings that are technically outside natural development are associated with the 8th sphere, or the abyss. Orthodoxy would call them ‘demons’ and the 8th sphere would be similar to hell. There is a lot of language in occult science about spiritual beings depending on the context, era or tradition.

The word ‘alien’ is not appropriate for any spiritual phenomenon. There are no ‘inter-dimensional aliens.’ Those are spiritual beings of one class or another. Of a higher or lower nature.

The heavens, or higher dimensions, are the spiritual planes. The same spiritual planes taught in the classical Mystery Traditions. The genuine, higher spiritual planes require the transformation of ones consciousness to engage with, or perceive (initiation). The lower planes require no such initiation and are what the majority of people get caught up in unknowingly.”

May be art of 1 person and text

Gigi Young

20u  · 

On whether Anthroposophy, or Traditional Esoterica, is compatible with the concept of ‘inter-dimensional beings’ or ‘aliens.’

“Anthroposophy is compatible with what we would call inter-dimensional beings. “inter-dimensional” is a scientized word for spiritual, so we are talking about spiritual beings in the spiritual planes.

The Spiritual Beings in the spiritual planes are outlined in Steiner’s lectures on the Spiritual Hierarchies. Higher spiritual beings are called Angels in the Western Tradition.

The fallen beings that are technically outside natural development are associated with the 8th sphere, or the abyss. Orthodoxy would call them ‘demons’ and the 8th sphere would be similar to hell. There is a lot of language in occult science about spiritual beings depending on the context, era or tradition.

The word ‘alien’ is not appropriate for any spiritual phenomenon. There are no ‘inter-dimensional aliens.’ Those are spiritual beings of one class or another. Of a higher or lower nature.

The heavens, or higher dimensions, are the spiritual planes. The same spiritual planes taught in the classical Mystery Traditions. The genuine, higher spiritual planes require the transformation of ones consciousness to engage with, or perceive (initiation). The lower planes require no such initiation and are what the majority of people get caught up in unknowingly.”

Alle reacties:

https://www.targetedamerica.com/targeted-evidence.html

#Targetedindividuals #TI #BrainInitiative #SentientWorldSimulation #DWave #QuantumComputer #DARPADWAVE #usa #politics #republican #america #GovernmentalElectronicHarassment #election #conservative #5G #electronicharassment #draintheswamp #CIA #NSA #NSAilligalmindcontrolprogram #democrat #liberal #hillaryclinton #whitehouse #MindControl #DARPA #USMilitary #China #Russia #FederalReserve

Angelic Humanity

matilda-macelroy.com links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reels

Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem,why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Ukraine sold

Same as usual. Biden is more corrupt than Zelensky. How can just 1 man destroy the US/ World?

Bio-terror as a method of government.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

links: https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here/

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it, nor the only ones but the favored ones.

Currently our Physical universe is predatory, it has nor always been this way!.

To be aware of an insidious thread woven through biological life. We are born, we feed, and we die.
Life is a process of consuming other living things in order to stay alive as long as possible until death in turn consumes us.


We tell ourselves life is a whole lot more, but it\s reduced to that as long as we must feed to survive.
If we can\t stay alive more than a few months without food, how can eating not be fundamental to how we define
our existence?
Eating is a requirement for biological life as we know it. It’s the thread that holds together material existence. More than a thread, it, a chain, binding us to the law that we must consume each other. There is something missing; what kind of God or gods would create a world predicated on killing?
We don\t like to ask that, and we find every excuse to avoid looking at this question. But every time a dear one dies, or you find a nibbled bird in the yard destroyed by an idle cat, or you read about an animal that has suffered mercilessly, or another molested child, or a nation ravaged by a quake that buried thousands of living people, your mind goes back to that nagging question. Who would make a world like this?
Was it truly a God of love?

But first, our current energy based physical universe is predatory, meaning you have to eat other life forms to survive. That has not been always this way but due to an later agreement or changes in the rule govern our Universe.

Loosh is defined by the urban dictionary as “an energy generated by all organic life in varying degrees of purity, the clearest and most potent coming from humans – engendered by human activity”.
What is does tell us is really shocking.
When you look back and read the scriptures nor new either, the idea that man must sacrifice (must kill something or be killed in order to appease the gods) is apparently intrinsic to all the world’s root religions.
We find blood ritual, including human sacrifice, in the Druid tradition, Tibetan Buddhism, among the Indians of the Americas, in Greece and Rome, Africa, China, Arabia, Germany, Phoenicia and Egypt.
Even the Old Testament (Judges 11:31-40) has a little-advertised story of human sacrifice, with the Israelite judge Jephthah ritually slaughtering his own daughter to fulfill a vow he made to Jehovah. Most of us like me do nor realize it because it is kept out of sight.
(Death as the Creator) resolved to devour all that he had created; for he eats all. . . He is the eater of the
whole universe; this whole universe is his food.” (Mahabharata) In other of some of the world’s oldest scriptures, the Vedas, Upanishads, and Puranas of India, you can read that “the universe is upheld by sacrifice” (Atharva Veda) and that “all who are living (in this world) are the sacrifice rs.

There is none living who does not perform yagya (sacrifice). This body is (created) for sacrifice, and arises out of sacrifice and changes according to sacrifice.” (Garbha Upanishad)
We find another story of the Divine devouring humans, in this case human consciousness as was the case with the god of the light, rulers of the earth before the Annunaki associates came here and killed them, at leased forced them underground.

Carlos Castaneda, who wrote chronicles the life and teachings of a Yaquii sorcerer called Don Juan, “The Eagle is devouring the awareness of all the creatures that, alive on earth a moment before and now dead, have floated to the Eagle’s beak, like a ceaseless swarm of fireflies, to meet their owner, their reason for having had life.

The Eagle disentangles these tiny flames, lays them flat, as a tanner stretches out a hide, and then consumes them; for awareness is the Eagle’s food. The Eagle, that power that governs the destinies of all living things, reflects equally and at once all those living things.” (“The Eagle’s Gift,” by Carlos Castaneda)

Please let me continue with the use of human blood by reptilians races.
and why we humans their are the favourite prey. Not just now but for at least a few millions earth years.

Attention was asked for it by writers like David Ick or Ron Hubbard.

We at planet earth are going trough a wave of change being pushed trough, the kidnapping of the Democracy after the assassination’s of JFK. The end of democracy/era.

The Alien Agenda now being pushed and introduced by the so-called elected political members. In fact just the Alien agenda/intervention to take over control of planet earth.

Democracy subverted and real control taken over by secret elements using subversion and manipulation within the existing structures.

When I do re-read Matilda statement on National security and its impacts, it remembers me of a speech given by JFK to the press core just before his Assassination (1963). Must be because they both had Irish roots. I am not Irish but do know and realize there commitment to Earth/nature, to all beings which is an integral part of there culture and traditions. Live and let live. In her farewell letter Matilda assessment refers to ”National Security” and interferences, JFK warning is about the same. Both the result of dealing with it in a long past and their experience should not have gone ignored.

Elements out of JFK speech in 1963.

He did try to warn us all of the untold evil. Not the first president to do so nor the last but any way we did not heed his warnings. He stated that alone the very word ”Secrecy’ is as repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret society, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings, simple. Secrecy serves two purposes. It hides your mistakes, and makes you feel important, hidden dealings, control an exploitation of humanity behind there backs. How is it possible that we are now in big trouble! He is talking about the fundamentals of a free and open society and the norm to be used in value-dating.
It is more than just talking about the commies. It is about the values being the core of any healthy society. It is crap to suggest that it should be the core value in all the others society around the world with exception of the US.

According to an American political conspiracy theory, the deep state is a clandestine network of members of the federal government (especially within the FBI and CIA), working in conjunction with high-level financial and industrial entities and leaders, to exercise power alongside or within the elected United States government. I would like to add here the Illuminati. (Freemasons)

He and many others did give their life for this goal, for freedom and openness, to make the free world a better place to live, enjoy, only to see it corrupted and perverted. He goes on; we decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweigh the danger which is cited to justify it. The government establishment has chosen to “protect the people” from knowledge of such matters. In fact, the only protection afforded by ignorance and secrecy is to hide the private agenda of those in power to enslave others.   And, by doing so, to disarm every perceived enemy, and ally, through superstition and stupidity.
JFK address the National Security issues and warning that there is a great danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limit of official censorship and concealment. (Orwell)But what did happen a number of instigated crises the push for and implementing just like that.
Forming of a tight-knit and highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations and use of vast human and material resources in building and maintaining it.

Assassination

You can read the speech in many ways depending on the accents you want to use. The full lengthy speech can be found on JFKLIBRARY.ORG

What did happen relative shortly before his Assassination;

First; His withdrawal (leaving) from Vietnam angering the Warhawk/military industrial complex and Eisenhower did already warn about that.
Second; There was the de-funding of the CIA who was organizing, stimulating, arming insurgencies in so-called Commie countries to destabilize them. A covert terrorist organization, a whacky secret society run by butchers.

Alien File; Was JFK killed because of his interest in aliens? Secret memo shows president demanded UFO files 10 days before death.

An uncovered letter written by John F Kennedy to the head of the CIA shows that the president demanded to be shown highly confidential documents about UFOs.

JFK’s interest in UFOs could have been fueled by concerns about relations with the former Soviet Union but got stonewalled. In the second memo, sent to the NASA administrator, the president expresses a desire for cooperation with the former Soviet Union on mutual outer space activities. ‘One of his concerns was that a lot of these UFOs were being seen over the Soviet Union and he was very concerned that the Soviets might misinterpret these UFOs as the U.S.. aggression, believing that it was some of our technology, what in fact they were Nazi and US disks in many cases but off.

The president’s interest in UFOs shortly before his death is likely to fuel conspiracy theories and the latest documents, released to Mr. Lester by the CIA, add weight to the suggestion that the president could possibly have been shot to stop him discovering the truth.

There is a disputed file, nicknamed the ‘burned memo’, which a UFO investigator claims he received in the 1990s.The document, which has scorch marks, is claimed to have been posted to UFO hunter Timothy Cooper in 1999 by an unknown CIA leak but has never been verified. In the ‘burned memo’ the CIA director allegedly wrote: ‘Lancer [JFK] has made some inquiries regarding our activities, which we cannot allow’ In a note sent with the document, the apparent leakier said he worked for CIA between 1960 and 1974 and pulled the memo from a fire when the agency was burning some of its most sensitive files. The undated memo contains a reference to ‘Lancer’, which was JFK’s Secret Service code name. It is all about information manipulation and at the core of most deceptions. Control op public view, responses, and behavior.

Are there aliens? Definitely but the “Tall White” agenda does not involve any plan for domination according to experts.
Yes, there are other aliens with ideas along those lines, however, that “a little information can be dangerous” Speculation IS a little information. Very Little. Many are fascinated by the story.

Alien intervention now occurring and the Agenda as now but also has been in the past as the Great reset by the so-called Elected government members.

Why: Earth as such is a world of tremendous natural diversity and biological resources. Those who are currently intervening in your world today are not interested in the resources that you hold most dear. They are interested in biological resources, particularly those resources that represent the building blocks of life—genetic agents, chlorophyll, blood and plasma. These are the things that are valuable and are greatly needed in a universe full of barren worlds.

Some of this represents illegal trade, trade that is not allowed for ethical reasons, but trade that exists nonetheless. Like kidnapping humans.

Rare metals are also sought here—metals that you are aware of and metals that you are not aware of. These things must be mined with human assistance. Anything that a foreign race seeks to do in this world must have significant human assistance.

Because of the biological barrier that this world presents to the universe and to those races who have evolved in sterile environments, who are not adapted to be in biological, terrestrial environments such as this.

Because worlds such as this are very rare, there are very few races in the universe who have this
adaptation. That is why the native races must be cultivated and genetically aligned with the intervening races.


It is a time-consuming process, but the results are believed to be worth it by those who are engaging in such activities.

The Intervention is of two kinds. There are resource explorers, which nearly always represent one race, operating with great freedom and impunity, which are clients of larger powers. Sometimes, they are clients of independent trading networks that are engaged in illegal trade.

Those resource explorers who have been in your world and who are in your world today represent members of this group.

Then there are Collectives, who are multi-racial, hierarchical and very well organized. Their worker classes are bred for specific purposes, and they are involved in collective breeding, which is a practice not all advanced races are engaged in. The Collectives seek a more permanent residence in this world. They seek it as a world that either they or their clients could own and govern from afar, with human assistance.

That is why such great care has been taken to study human psychology, human physiology and your reproductive process, as well as the biological hazards that exist on Earth. That is one of the reasons that plant samples have been taken and the world has been observed for such a very long time.

Back to JFK :His messages insight about what he was doing./working on shortly before being murdered in broad daylight. Than the hiding of information being the investigation what is very strange and the US population accepted it.

Matilda Macelroy and the captured Alien she nicknamed Airl who died after the application of electro shock to make him more cooperative by the authorities. Most stories are verminously denied
by the Authorities/State and so-called factcheckers. Cabal and involved Freemasons.
Currently in addition by Aliens using modern technology and relaying warnings/information about the ongoing Alien interference, involvement of others.

How it is done, current governments/Cabal/Freemasons/WEF. Part of the information here comes from Allies of Humanity but there are several others. Most people/electorate are still not aware of what is going on and also proven censorship by tech controlled multi media and coercion with current government, US/EU.

Dulce, New Mexico and human/Alien run underground facility with human researchers/alien counterparts working together and we do know much more about thanks to a couple of whistleblowers who did work their. The desperate call for help all going unanswered/silenced and death. It is about the so-called nightmare hall and humans kidnapped where transferred through.

Expand on it and reference to the online available information, part of Allies of humanity. Also the current make-up of our galaxy and the reptilians the biggest group, also the first able to develop/create travel between planets/stars. The total population many many times that of planet earth.

First :Why are we humans/mammals the favored ones? Has to do with our blood. Reptilians are cold and almost emotionless beings and we as mammal the opposite. Reptilian by nature are cold and in need of blood. Humans social beings.

Another gradation could STS/STO and most used where which stands for service to themselves (STS) and STO being service of others and natural part of humanity. (Social).

A crissum between brothers, a world dominated by awareness/consciousness and terror, fear, blood-letting just name it.. What is really going on????
It also explains why the Bible is full of predictor parts because of ability by the writers to travel in time and
notice.
The bible not only a very old book but also included many predictions our future events/unique and proven over time..

Re-introduction of the Occult technologies by the Nazi’s for accelerated spiritual development became suddenly available again and so did Research and resulting in better understanding of role of the emotions/the mind.

Their are three different civilized groups in our galaxy being Reptilian, humanoid ( mix races) and Mammals.

Currently it is assumed that the reptilians where the first to manage to develop the technology to travel
between planets and the Stars and biggest in numbers.

Reptilians/meat/organ and blood users.


Thus, while blood is needed as a vital life force for reptiles, they are also addicted to “adrenalchrome,” a
hormone released in the human body during periods of extreme terror.
Factual they are interdimensional beings meaning can be very close to us and we can not noticing unless
practicing the use of our third Eye or pineal gland located inside our brain.

Has the capability to detect/monitor all kinds of electromagnetic waves and including the much more subtle standing waves. But being suppressed.

A very sensitive sensor which can easily be interfered with. Chemically being fluor/added to drinking water or in food/medication. Discovered in the early 1900 and to be used to dump down prisoners, the period in which the commies tried to push through the NWO and Hitler being next NWO. NWO is in fact the Alien Agenda.

Hitler did not differ and considered himself as the new head of the New World Order which he was going to create. Currently it is Biden thinking believing he is next and many others waiting in line.

Resulting in two wars never seen before amounts of destruction and and countless dead.
An easy way to interfere and dump down the populations. Also the start of introducing Fluor into the drink water supply. During this period it was discovered by adding Fluor to water in the many prison camps in both the new soviet-union and Germany would dump them down and easier to handle/control.


Despite being well aware of its effects on humans including research being introduced more locally now again and again. Starting in the beginning of 1900. It calcinate or pineal gland or third eye. Despite knowing it again and again re-introduced time and time again despite clear studies and protest.

And with all the research done and published no excuse for it and you have to question these motives. So despite and uphill battle over 130 years and still being used in the US/EU on a limited scale.


Only last year the health defense for children had to go into a court just to get the CDC to get the release of some papers research about it. Never ending push and assume must be very important to some. Messing us up. WHO who is now in the process to take control of health worldwide trying to introduce it worldwide and make compulsory..


Scientists Slam WHO’s ‘Weak’ Proposed Limits on PFAS in Drinking Water
The World Health Organization’s draft drinking water guidelines for two “forever chemicals” reveal a “striking and inappropriate disregard of the best available science,” scientists wrote in a peer-reviewed article published Wednesday.

ByCommon Dreams, pfas drinking water guidelines feature
Miss a day, miss a lot. Subscribe to The Defender’s Top News of the Day. It’s free.

By Kenny Stancil

The World Health Organization’s (WHO) draft drinking water guidelines for two “forever chemicals” reveal a “striking and inappropriate disregard of the best available science” and must be “extensively revised” to adequately protect public health.

So wrote former U.S. government scientists Betsy Southerland and Linda Birnbaum in an article published Wednesday in the peer-reviewed journal Environmental Science & Technology.

The stakes are extremely high, according to Southerland, the former director of science and technology at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) Office of Water, and Birnbaum, the former director of the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences.

That’s because once finalized, the WHO’s regulatory framework for per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) in drinking water is likely to be adopted by many countries.

The United Nations agency’s draft guidelines are much weaker than rules imposed in Denmark and advanced in Canada, and they could facilitate legal challenges to the EPA’s proposed standards that are much more stringent albeit still insufficient according to many public health advocates.

PFAS are a class of hazardous synthetic compounds widely called “forever chemicals” because they persist in people’ s bodies and the environment for years on end.

Scientists have linked long-term PFAS exposure to numerous adverse health outcomes, including cancer,
reproductives and developmental harms, immune system damage and other negative effects.

The substances — used in dozens of everyday household products, including ostensibly “green” and “nontoxic” children’s items, as well as firefighting foam — have been detected in the blood of 97% of Americans and in 100% of breast milk samples.

The WHO’s draft guidance recommends drinking water limits of 100 parts per trillion (ppt) individually for
perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) and perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) — two of the most well-studied PFAS —and 500 ppt total for the 29 PFAS compounds that can be reliably measured, though this is a fraught topic.

The WHO’s proposed limits on PFOS and PFOA are 25 times higher than those put forth last month by the EPA, and such a significant gap could hinder federal and state efforts to better regulate the nation’s drinking water.

Another way is through medication. ( Side effect)

What accounts for the glaring discrepancy between the two agencies?

According to the new article, the WHO has proposed relatively weak PFAS limits because its working group contends that “there is significant uncertainty and lack of consensus on whether PFOA and PFOS can be linked to adverse health effects.”

Southerland and Birnbaum condemned the WHO’s conclusion as “a striking and inappropriate disregard for the best available science.”

As the authors noted, numerous studies “link exposure to PFOA, PFOS, and other PFAS with multiple health effects, including immune effects, increased cholesterol, liver, and thyroid problems, reproductive and developmental harm, and multiple types of cancer.”

In addition to failing to “take into account the overwhelming global scientific evidence of serious health effects in epidemiological studies,” the WHO’s guidelines “misrepresent the effectiveness of affordable, readily available treatment technology,” Southerland and Birnbaum argued.

Southerland and Birnbaum continued:

“At the same time that the European Chemicals Agency is considering restrictions on the manufacture and use of all PFAS on the basis of the scientific evidence, it is stunning that the WHO maintains no health-based guidance values can be developed.

“To support the work of public health agencies worldwide providing people with safe drinking water, the WHO guidance levels need to be extensively revised.”

The new article comes almost six months after more than 100 scientists sent a letter calling on the WHO to completely overhaul or withdraw its draft guidance and to disclose authorship and potential conflicts of interest.

In response to that letter and other demands for transparency, the WHO published a list of contributors in January.


However, it remains unclear if the list is comprehensive.

Moreover, the WHO has not yet disclosed the feedback it received during the public comment period, nor has the agency announced when it plans to finalize its proposed rules.

“It is critically important for the safety of drinking water worldwide,” wrote Southerland and Birnbaum, “that WHO recommendations are based on the best available science on the health effects of PFAS and the effectiveness of drinking water treatment technology.”

Originally published by Common Dreams.

Kenny Stancil is a staff writer for Common Dreams.

Interbreeding (allies of humanity)

“Your allies we ” … “do not seek to breed with humanity.” Guarantee.


History on Earth & Aliens.

“Many thousands of years ago, in your time, several races came to interbreed with humanity to give humanity a greater intelligence and adaptability. This led to the rather sudden emergence of what we understand is called ‘Modern Man.’ This has given you dominance and power in your world. This occurred long ago. However, the interbreeding program that is occurring now is not the same at all. It is being undertaken by a different set of beings and by different alliances. Through interbreeding, they are seeking to establish a human being who will be part of their association yet who can survive within your world and who can have a natural affinity with the world.”

Your visitors cannot live on the surface of your world. They must either seek shelter underground, which they are doing, or they must live aboard their own craft, which they often keep hidden in large bodies of water.


They want to interbreed with humanity to protect their interests here, which are primarily the resources of
your world. They want to have human allegiance assured, and so for several generations they have been involved in an interbreeding program, which within the last twenty years has become quite extensive.”

“Attempts have been made to establish colonies on Earth, but these colonies have all failed because of the biological hazard.

The native races of your world were far too primitive to be considered important relations—important enough to establish major interbreeding activities. Attempts have been made to influence earlier cultures in your world, but the results have not been significant.” Until the Gray’s were genetically changed/adapted. ( Matilda)
“As we have said repeatedly, your world is viewed as a biological storehouse. So while the visitors want the mineral resources of your world, they also want things that are much more elemental to the needs of life.
They need water. They need oxygen. They need blood. They need the resistance factors in your blood.
They need plasma. They need the biological elements that constitute life and that are fundamental to life
everywhere. This means that they need you as a biological resource. It is one thing to consider that your world will be used to serve other powers.

But the idea that you will be used and turned into kind of cattle to serve other powers is another matter altogether and represents a further violation of your fundamental rights.”
“You may stop at this point and wonder, ‘Well, how can such things occur? This seems so extreme! This seems so negative, so awful!’ But for anyone who has studied human history, you will see demonstrations of all of these things we are speaking of—religious manipulation, interbreeding, violence wrought upon adversaries, particularly in situations where native populations are encouraged to accept and to receive their new visitors.


It is far easier to govern one who believes in your cause and is cooperative than it is one who is simply being subjugated.”

The Agenda of the Intervention
“Your visitors seek to establish themselves” … “through interbreeding. They cannot live in your environment. They need your physical stamina. They need your natural affinity with the world. They need your reproductive abilities. They also want to bond with you because they understand that this creates allegiance. This, in a way, establishes their presence here because the offspring of such a program will have blood relations in the world and yet will have allegiance to the visitors.”

“Clearly, an interbreeding program is an attempt to fuse humanity’s adaptation to the physical world with the visitors’ group mind and collective consciousness. Such offspring would be in a perfect position to provide the new leadership for humanity, a leadership that is born of the visitors’ intentions and the visitors’ campaign.

These individuals would have blood relations in the world, and so others would be related to them and accepting of their presence. And yet their minds would not be with you, nor their hearts. And though they may feel sympathy for you in your condition and for what your condition may well turn out to be, they would not have the individual authority, not being trained in The Way of Knowledge and Insight themselves, to assist you or to resist the collective consciousness that has fostered them here and given them life.”

“They want to use every part of you. Just like you would want to use every part of the cow or the sheep or any other domesticated animal that you breed for your own purposes.”

“Many of their “specimens,” as they refer to you, have either perished or had to be used for other reasons.”

“In their attempt to breed a new leadership for humanity, a hybridized person, they need all of these biological resources that we are describing.”

“The interbreeding program has only one purpose, and that is to enable the Aliens to establish a presence and a commanding influence within the your world.”

“It is not the annihilation of humanity, it is the integration of humanity that the visitors seek to accomplish.
They will interbreed with you for this purpose.”

Most used method is genetically but there are others and different ones: it is possible to insert alien DNA as a third-party contributor to a developing human fetus, so that the child resembles both human parents while also being somewhat hybridized. Whether
artificially hybridized, naturally conceived between human and alien, or fully alien, such a child born and raised in a human family will mostly pass for human, except they will be of a caliber beyond their peers.
The greatest heroes of myth and ancient history were popularly viewed as crossbreeds between gods and men.

They walk among us pretending to be human and many holding and holding strategic positions where pollical and economic decisions are made , sometimes only just to whether to influence or simply observe.

They are genetically compatible with us, and some of their females have engaged human males for sexual
encounters and even long term relationships.

One of Icke’s chief contributions to the discourse on the vampire lies in his immersion of this figure into a vast web of clandestine organizations, from ancient mystery schools and cults like the Brotherhood of the Snake to the Knights Templar and the Masonic Order,

from global entities like the UN, the Trilateral Commission, and the Council on Foreign Relations to drug cartels, satanic churches, and the Black Nobility.

These ETs drain individuals of their sense of wellbeing through the manipulation and absorption of libidinal energies and – ultimately – the theft of consciousness and agency. On the one hand, the location of the self that the Anunnaki attack seems closely linked to consumerist notions.

in its immersion in the constellation of contemporary conspiracy theories, in its reflection on
global capitalism, and in its blurring of historical and fictional narratives – has moved this structure of
dissent from the cloak of darkness to the light of day.


The American people (and in fact the whole world is affected by this secret society THROUGH the right arm of
the USA) have a right to know why this college fraternity is so secret that both candidates for the U.S.
presidency refuse to speak of it.
Most importantly, does the oath to Skull & Bones supersede all previous and future oaths (as is common in occult organizations) such as the presidential oath of office?

I think it would matter to most Americans if Bush or Kerry placed their hands on

their Skull & Bones pin (over their heart) as they take the oath as president.
Which allegiance is stronger? Which comes first?

To become a highest degree Freemason (Illuminated 33rd degree of the Scottish rite lodge), you have to have FAMILY already in the lodge typically. A reference will only get you through the first three degrees
(the “Blue” degrees) and then you stop or get side tracked along another path. If you are not a “family member”, then you cannot achieve the highest degrees. Than you reach a cross point and are asked if you are willing to deface a cross or other religion artefact. If you say no than you are told you made the right choice, if you do it you are told you made the right choice and promoted to 33+, and include contacts/travel with aliens.

You have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity.

Why? Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the “Reptilian” DNA encoding “Dragon blood lines”, also known as the “Anunnaki” in the Sumerian texts.

Believe that it is their duty on the Earth, to “manage Humanity” until the return of their gods from other star-systems or dimensions.

Also; through interbreeding can their genes have entered our gene pool and vice versa. Therefore some human individuals and bloodlines would have more of their DNA than others, and their alien DNA would likely show under analysis to be basically human, albeit rare and unusual.

Network is the term Icke uses to describe the reptilian base of operations today, writing “after thousands of years of evolution, the reptilian network is now a vast and often unfathomable web of interconnecting secret societies, banks, businesses, political parties, security agencies, media owners, and so on”
The basis of the new global economy is significant, not only for it inclusivity, but also for its significant and shifting exclusions, marginalization’s, and hidden bypasses fraught through its great grid or network of power relations.

Perhaps most revealing of all is the dissolution of the boundary between fantasy and reality – the
presentation of the vampire as an historical agent rather than a fictional character. Deeply ironic and radical, this slippage of fact and fantasy drives the vampire legacy much closer to its critical core.

In yet another reinvention of the vampire–courtesy of rightist conspiracy theorists–vampires are cast
as belonging to an alien race. These aliens are the ‘Annunaki’, shapeshifting reptiles who have colonized earth and have in fact secretly been in control for some time. Marcus LiBrizzi presents an overview of the theories of David Icke & associates, and his own insights into the linking of these myths to some current political and
economic realities. The notion the world is secretly run by a race of alien vampires who are evil incarnate
has an amusing side. But there is a startlingly large number of people — who tend to keep quietly to their
own circles — taking it seriously.

The reptilians, like traditional vampires, enjoy eternal or extenuated life spans. Icke claims that,”the fourth
dimensional reptilians wear their human bodies like a genetic overcoat and when one body dies the same reptilian ’moves house’ to another body and continues the Agenda into another generation” without incarnating but replacement.

Through genetic engineering, the Anunnaki have manipulated the evolution of humans
as a slave race. “

The Anunnaki created bloodlines to rule humanity on their behalf,” he writes, “and these are the families still in control of the world to this day” The interbreeding of the rich and powerful (primarily, for Icke, the European aristocracy and the Eastern Establishment of the US) is not done for reasons of snobbery but rather “to hold a genetic structure that gives them certain abilities, especially the ability to ‘shape-shift’ and manifest in other forms”.

Working with these crossbreeds are full-blooded Anunnaki, some
physically present on earth, others influencing individuals and events psychically from what Icke calls “the
lower fourth dimension” (25). Forming a “Brotherhood” or secret society network, the Anunnaki have effectively
“hijacked the planet”/.
The Anunnaki as a result of this like traditional vampires, enjoy eternal or extenuated life spans.
Icke claims that “the fourth dimensional reptilians wear their human bodies like a genetic overcoat and when one body dies the same reptilian ‘moves house’ to another body and continues the Agenda into another generation”.
One type of creature Icke describes is a reptilian “inside” a human physical body; “it seems that the Anunnaki
need to occupy a very reptilian dominated genetic stream to do this, hence certain bloodlines always end up in the positions of power.

Other less pure crossbreed human-reptilians are those bodies which are possessed
by a reptilian consciousness from the fourth dimension and these are people who psychics see as essentially human, but ‘overshadowed’ by a reptilian”

The question is why are the reptilians involved her on earth other than trying to make sure there is an enough big source of human blood available?


It has to do with our emotions/stress/survival:
Our emotions or when being emotional the brain can or has the ability to respond and will convert nerve
signals into “messenger molecules” who then, in turn, direct the endocrine system to produce steroid hormones, that can reach the nucleus of various cells and cause them to change how the body’s genes are written out.
These genes will then direct the cells as to how to make a variety of molecules which are used in growth,
metabolism, sexuality, and the immune systems.
Mammals are uniquely due to being emotional (social) beings and the other like the reptilians not.

Lack or absence of emotions. The name we use for humans with a similar character is Psychopaths’. They are not sic and perfectly normal. We do know that it is almost impossible for both Psychopathy and sociopath to change. It is simple there nature.


However it did not take these reptilians long to find out that these substances secreted by our hormones’ when being emotionally could prolong there life, have drug like qualities and high energy source, prolong life and increase in health.
For the last few million years they have been hunting us Humans/Mammals for that purpose in a stealth manner.

It is a bit more complex than that however like to bring in another source /explanations offered by the Cassiopaeans through Laura Knight-Jadczyk ( medium). It is about the genetic breeding of “Herren Rasse “in Germany and the “Masters Race in the West.”

A: Has been performed in Glophen… They got the information on such things from channeled sources.
Q: (L) Did the Germans get the information from the Vril Society? A: Partly. Also Thule Society.
Q: (L) These individuals who have this time machine in Antarctica,… what do they plan to do with it?
A: Exploring time sectors through loop of cylinder… Complex, but is profile in 4th through 6th density.

Q: (L) Are there any particular goals… in doing this “time exploration?”

A: Not up to present, as you measure it.
Q: (L) Well, if they escaped and took this time machine to Antarctica, are they working with any of the so-called “aliens?”
A: 4th density STS [or Service To Self].transmissions channeled by Laura
Knight-Jadczyk,24 during a session conducted on December 2, 1995:

Q: (L) I would like to know what is the specific mode of time travel? A: Complex… Trans dimensional transfer utilizing electromagnetic adjustment of atomic structure to alter speed of time cycle convergence…
The first step is to artificially induce an electromagnetic field. This opens the door between dimensions of reality. Next, thoughts must be channeled by participant in order to access reality bonding channel. They must then focus the energy to the proper dimensional bridge.
The electrons must be arranged in correct frequency wave. Then the triage must be sent through realm “curtain” in order to balance perceptions at all density levels…

Triage is as follows: 1. Matter, 2. Energy, 3. Perception of reality. That is it folks.

Time travel experiments conducted by the US Navy in 1941 used Tesla’s Gravity Motor on the USS Eldridge. The Nazi German mass migration to the Mausenburg underground base in Neufriedland, Antarctica was addressed further during another fascinating dialog with the Cassiopaeans, conducted on August 31, 1996:
Q: (L) Now, in talking about these large underground cities or enclaves that we’ve talked about…

(T) When did they go underground?
A: Several occasions, the most recent being, on your calendar: 1941 through 1945… Last episode of mass migration, mostly Deutschlanders… Antarctica. Under there… Entry port…


Q: (T) They went underground in Antarctica, they built a large underground base there, this is where the Germans, as in the Nazi Germans, claimed as Vineland, I think it is, where the older maps that show Antarctica…

Yes, but they entered through their constructed base, as instructed, then were assimilated.
Q: (L) They were assimilated into the population already existent? Underground cities, underground bases?

A: Yes…
Q: (T) They were instructed to go there? A: [By] those identifying themselves as “Antareans”… An STS race from Orion that is humanoid… The Thule Society originated contact…
Q: Admiral Byrd was sent down there, supposedly to go to the South Pole… but he took a large military force with him… The large military force encountered resistance and got their asses whupped real good down there. But, they kept it real quiet… they just said, oh, it was a scientific expedition… (T) They lost a whole lot of people and a whole lot of ships, and a lot of equipment down there…

A: This is where “The Master Race” is being developed.
Essential background information concerning the psychopathic Nazi obsession with creating the Aryan STS “Master Race” had been previously discussed with the Cassiopaeans on September 24, 1995:
Q: (L) Why was Hitler so determined, beyond all reason, even to his own self-destruction, to annihilate the Jews?

A: Many reasons and very complex. But, remember, while still a child, Hitler made a conscious choice to align himself with the “forces of darkness,” in order to fulfill his desires for conquest and to unite the Germanic peoples.
Henceforth, he was totally controlled, mind, body, and soul, by STS forces.
Q: (L) So, what were the purposes of the STS forces that were controlling Hitler causing him to desire to
annihilate an entire group of people?

A: To create an adequate “breeding ground” for the reintroduction of the Nephilim, for the purpose of total control of the 3rd density earth prior to elevation to 4th density, where such conquest is more difficult and less certain!

Q: (L) Do you mean “breeding ground” in the sense of genetic breeding? A: Yes. Third density.
Q: (L) Did they accomplish this goal? A: No. Q: (L) So, the creation of the Germanic “Master Race” was what they
were going after, to create this “breeding ground?”

A: Yes.

Q: (L) And, getting rid of the Jews was significant? Couldn’t a Germanic master race be created without
destroying another group?

A: No… Because of 4th density prior encoding mission destiny profile
This means encoding to activate after elevation to 4th density, thus if not eliminated, negates Nephalim
domination and absorption.

Jews were prior encoded to carry out mission after conversion, though on individual basis.

The Nazis did not exactly know why they were being driven to destroy them, because they were being controlled from 4th density STS. But, Hitler communicated directly with Lizards, and Orion STS, and was instructed on how to create the “master race.”


Consequences of the negative spiritual orientation of the Reptilian extraterrestrial humanoids (or Lizards)
was explained in a previous Q&A session with the Cassiopaeans that took place on October 22, 1994:

Those who are described as the Lizards have chosen to firmly lock themselves into service to self [STS].
And, since they are at the highest level of density where this is possible, they must continually draw large amounts of negative energy from those at the third level, second level, and so on, which is why they do what they do.

This also explains why their race is dying, because they have not been able to learn for themselves how to remove themselves from this particular form of expression to that of service to others [STS].
And, since they have such, as you would measure it, a long period of time, remained at this level and, in fact, become firmly entrenched in it, and, in fact, have increased themselves in it, this is why they are dying and desperately trying to take as much energy from you as possible and also to recreate their race metabolically.

Q: (L) Well, if we are sources of food and labor for them, why don’t they just breed us in pens on their own planet?

A: They do.

Q: (L) Well, since there [are] so many of us here, why don’t they just move in and take over?

A: That is their intention. That has been their intention for quite some time. They have been traveling back
and forth through time as you know it, to set things up so that they can absorb a maximum amount of negative energy with the transference from third level to fourth level that this planet is going to experience, in the hopes that they can overtake you on the fourth level and thereby accomplish several things.

1: retaining their race as a viable species. 2: increasing their numbers; 3: increasing their power;
4: expanding their race throughout the realm of fourth density. To do all of this they have been interfering with events for what you would measure on your calendar as approximately 74 thousand years.
And they have been doing so in a completely still state of space-time traveling backward and forward at will during this work. Interestingly enough, though, all of this will fail.
Complex hyper-dimensional dynamics described in these lengthy replies given by the Cassiopaeans allude to a convergence of events, with plans for overt world domination by the Nazi “Master Race” being linked with major astronomical events now building toward culmination on the December Solstice of 2017.


The timeframe reference for the “transference from third level to fourth level that this planet is going to
experience” was not clearly stated back in 1994, when that channeling session took place, yet strong indications have been given in recent sessions in 2017. On August 5, 2017, the Cs stated planetary chaos would occur “Soon!”
A few sessions later, on October 14, 2017, strikingly chaotic behavior patterns were characterized by the
Cassiopaeans as an effect of the imminent approach of the realm border crossing:

General chaotic energies of transition affect environment in many ways…
Q: (L) You say the word, “transition”… What kind of transition are we talking about here?
A: Planetary movement through space-time area of realm border.

Strategic long-term plans of the time-traveling Orion STS humanoids, who directed the Nazi migrants to sub-terrain bases, aim to exploit the mass confusion and amplify the natural fear response that will inevitably be evoked by the upcoming transference from 3rd density to 4th density reality on Earth.

Subversion of Nikola Tesla’s technological developments from the awareness of the great masses of Earthly humanity inhabiting the planetary surface appears to have been a crucial disorienting factor facilitating their control.

However, genetic enhancement of terrestrial humans who are consciously aligned to receive the DNA upgrade to restore the original 135 chromosomes of the full human genome will be conferred by the atmospheric luminosity of the impact of the Galactic Super wave of June 22-24, 2018. This is the crucial factor that will negate the controlling influence of the Orion STS consortium, causing their failure.

Back to Allies of humanity.

collectives
In the Allies you can find a diffinitions of collectives and activities within the surrounding galaxy.
Who are we deling with, who is behind this collective?

Collectives a name used by aliens/the intervention now underway known as the NWO and have been taking over/
establisment of total and absolute control over planet earths again and again in respect of attempts to take over
planet earth our world and factual active sinds the creation/apearence of modern man.(NWO)

Collectives “are not military powers. They are economic powers. Their focus is on trade, resource acquisition and building their alliance amongst worlds such as your own.”


“Their primary focus beyond their normal avenues of trade and commerce is to gain access to emerging worlds such as ours and to new mineral and biological discoveries in the regions in which they are dominant.

In most regions, Collectives are prevented from having a military presence beyond their own security forces. As a result, they must engage in more subtle and more time-consuming activities.”
“You are encountering small, economic Collectives who are here to begin the process of acquisition that larger nations can assume later on, if the Intervention is successful in establishing its presence and its power in your world.”
“The Collectives are prevented from simply taking over your world. Their competitors will not allow it, and the ruling organizations that govern commerce and trade in this region in which your world resides, will not permit it other than by intervention.
A Collective will function according to the rules, but beyond those rules it will use any means it can to secure its goals and to fulfill its mission.”
“Collectives, by and large, are made up of a series of races functioning at different levels of authority and
command. Those who really control the Collectives that are functioning in your world have probably not been encountered by anyone in the world yet.

We only recognized the worker classes who are bred to serve in specific functions. Though they are biological entities, their biological codes, their training, their upbringing and their genetic focus have given them very little individuality and individual abilities of reasoning and discernment. They function very much like, well, a collective mind.”

The HIV mind.


The bees for example is an bio-lifeforce system based on these principles

“Fundamentally, a Collective is different from an empire in that it has no source home planet. It is a group of
planets that are dissimilar which have joined together, usually through conquest and persuasion, and have become
a formidable economic force. Whereas an empire is usually centered in one world or in one region by one race,
Collectives are made up of many different races.”

“There are many collectives in the Greater Community. Some of them are large; some of them are small.
Some of them are more ethical in their tactics; many are not. To the extent that they compete with one
another for opportunities, such as the rule of your world, dangerous activities can be perpetrated.”

“They may encompass hundreds of worlds and planetary establishments and exist across vast reaches of space.
They can have significant control and are always interested in gaining new allegiances and new members.”

“Throughout history, Collectives have had great difficulty in maintaining control and authority over their
resident populations because they comprise many different racial groups. The worker classes are bred to serve, but even they have certain qualities that the ruling classes of the Collectives find difficult to manage.
Revolts have occurred, and Collectives have suffered great losses as a result.”

The Danger of Collectives: “Countless times have emerging races such as your own been overtaken by resource explorers and economic collectives—those who search for opportunities such as this, those who are predatory, those who are opportunistic, those who can gain control over worlds like this without firing a shot.”

“The Collectives that are functioning in the world today want to add a human component to their collective community and mentality. It is not simply that they want you to be a work force for them; they want you to become a part of them. This adds to their collective strength and will minimize any resistance in the future that humanity might mount for its own sake.”

How Nations Protect Themselves from Collectives: “It is an interesting fact of life that wherever Collectives exist and compete with each other, other nations have established their own defenses against them so that the Collectives cannot intervene in these worlds’ trade, commerce and internal affairs.
Because we are talking about many nations within a region, many of which have their own military establishments, the Collectives then must abide by certain rules of conduct or face very grave consequences.
Being without significant weaponry of their own, they must utilize negotiations, diplomacy and influence as their primary means of accomplishment.”

“Other nations in regions such as yours deal with the Collectives very, very carefully and do not allow them any kind of penetration into their world’s internal affairs.

Sometimes the Collectives are viewed as a necessary evil to provide essential resources that are needed by these worlds. The Collectives have great craft and great skill in the areas in which they are strong. And nations which have been able to interact with them successfully have had to maintain a significant distance and be extremely discreet.”

“The more self-sufficient a world can become and the more that it can sustain this self-sufficiency, the stronger and the more independent it will be by nature in the Universe. Like we are now.

Often nations become dependent upon Collectives because they have exhausted their fundamental resources and must now rely upon trade and commerce for the very basic things they need to live.

This, of course, makes them extremely vulnerable to usurpation, and in many cases they become parts of Collectives themselves or extremely dependent upon them.”

“They are most certainly imperfect, but more fundamentally, they are not governed by Knowledge, or the power of Spirit. This means that their defenses can be penetrated, their secrets can be uncovered, their activities can be revealed and their deceptions can be comprehended by those who are strong with Knowledge and who are free to see, to know and to act.”

“Economic Collectives have great difficulty dealing with nations of relatively free individuals. It is in their interest that the human populations become more uniform and more like the Collectives themselves.”

The HIV mind or groups mind.

“Your individual intellect cannot compete with the power of the group mind that exists in the Greater Community.
Yet Knowledge within you is immune from its influence and can see through its deceptions.”

“No matter how powerful you might become as an individual, your power will be insignificant compared to the power of the group mind that represents the real dynamics of interaction in the mental environment within the Greater Community itself.”

The current “interbreeding program is an attempt to fuse humanity’s adaptation to the physical world with the visitors’ group mind and collective consciousness.”

A CLOSING MESSAGE TO THE PEOPLE OF EARTH — FROM AN AGENT OF THE FEDERATION:
POSTED ON FEBRUARY 20, 2020Authoradmin

The Gray’s best seen as the water carriers of the collective trying to take control of planet earth and enslave us Humanity.

The intervention now in progress showing most of the signs/warnings as mentioned above. Since there are no aliens according to any State bodies other than China, it is talk about nothing?. Same is the case with Covid. All actions proven to be strictly organized/implemented world wide without any consultations/discussions just name it and pushed, executed simultaneously worldwide? A clear and sigh of its origin/involvement.( Trademark) The building of the digital prison and just waiting for the banks/virtual money to seal it and after that no longer possible to escape.

Out of nowhere. And forced on the not expecting electorate. Red flag everywhere, other aliens offering knowledge and information about what is going on. It is clear the the politician, elite and the Illuminati are working together in tandem and supportive of each other. Push, push and being piece by piece or step by step turned into and imbedded in law to be enforced.

Mind control & Fear & Alien agenda.

Weaponizing of micro organisms like viruses and bacteria. Never in the history of mankind has so much money and knowledge put into that.

Here is one of several publication I could find online on another coupe/take-over by the same collective currently in a similar way but the Gray Aliens visible but there own establishment.

FROM AN AGENT OF THE FEDERATION:

(Note: One common brand of ‘intellectual defecation‘ that the Grays have been spewing forth through their human ‘channels‘ is that the Grays are really the “good guys“, and that they have been ‘conquered‘ and exploited by the taller Reptiloids and therefore are working with the secret government in an attempt to throw off the yoke of their oppressors.

Any one who is at all familiar with ‘Gray‘ mentality should know that they are WILLFULLY working WITH the taller Reptiloids, and that they are reprobate LIARS who have no conscience whatever when it comes to using multi-levelled deceptions to get their way. Unfortunately many metaphysical-minded “gray huggers” are accepting these lies and others like them.

Other lies that have originated from the Grays include:

  • We are the genetic creations of the Grays, so we must submit to our ‘creators‘;
  • Jesus Christ was a genetic creation of the Grays — interesting, in that Jesus blasted the serpent race in more than one instance;
  • The Grays are a superior race — they may be superior intellectually, however they have no internal or eternal soul-matrix as do humans, and so from a spiritual perspective they are inferior, in essence being little more than ‘predators with brains’. – Branton).

“The reason the awful little Grays mutilate animals is the stuff that they eat. They eat pulverized hormonal
secretions, what you would call subtle essences. They live on the stuff of life.

There is something deathlike about their species. They always bring about the death of animation, the death of individuality.
“How to I know? I am a Blond from Procyon. We were a culture that could travel through time (that is, phase through various time-space dimensions or densities where the ‘flow’ of time and ‘frequency’ space are different from the time-space dimensions of the 3rd dimension. – Branton), but also lived on a planetary sphere.
And the little Grays, our insidious little ‘friends‘, did to us exactly what they are doing now to you.


This is what happened to our planet.


“Having come in war, but have been unable to obtain any decisive victory, the Grays expressed the desire to make peace. We had not wanted to fight with the ‘survivors’ of the Rigellian Great War to begin with and gladly accepted their offer.

As time went by, they said they wished to normalize relations and be our friends.
We were in doubt as to whether it would be safe to trust them, and debated the issue for a long time before finally deciding that we should trust them…


“The Grays began to visit us, first a few as ambassadors, then as specialists in various domains where their expertise could be useful to us, as participants in different programs that developed which involved mutual collaboration, and finally as ‘tourists‘.

What had begun as a trickle became a flood, as they came in ever-increasing numbers, slowly but surely infiltrating our society at all levels, penetrating even the most secret of our elite power groups…
“Just as on your planet they began by unobtrusively gaining control over key members of the CIA and KGB through techniques unknown to them, such as hypnosis… so on Procyon through the same techniques, whose existence we were not aware of either, from the start they established a kind of telepathic hypnotic control over our leaders.


Over our leaders and over almost all of us, because it was as if we were under a spell that was leading us to our doom as if we were being programmed by a type of ritual black magic that we did not realize existed.


“Just as a few of the original tall Blonds clandestinely left Rigel when the Great War was about to break out, so did a few of the original tall Blonds clandestinely leave Procyon and escaped into the corridors of time just before the Grays completed the slow undermining that culminated in their sudden takeover of Procyon.

Those who stayed behind came under the total domination of the Grays.
“The Blonds you see on the same ships as the Grays, working with them, are hybrids, or they are clones.
One way to distinguish the clones is that they look alike. The real Blonds have distinct facial feature differences and do not look alike. The clones have thick necks and coarsely muscular bodies.

They do not have the ability to teleport or to travel inter-dimensionally. They can be contacted by telepathy, but are unable to send. They can be given orders telepathically. They are zombie-like flesh robots. You can tell that they are of low intelligence by looking into their eyes.

“The real Blonds are also muscular but have slender necks and agile bodies. Their eyes are alert and of high intelligence.

Physically they are almost identical to humans, the main difference being that by human standards
their blood circulatory system is under-developed, while their lymphatic system is over-developed.
This gives them stronger immune systems than terrestrial humans.

“The hybrids are in an intermediate state between the real Blonds and the clones.
“After what has happened to Procyon, NO TRUE BLOND would collaborate voluntarily with the Grays.
The Grays have taken some prisoners of war, who have no choice in the matter, and are forced to work with them in order to survive, with the hope of escaping. There are also a few Blonds who have become degenerate renegades, space pirates, and mercenaries who sell their services to the highest bidder.

But many of us remain free and continue the fight to the finish with the life-form that has become our hereditary enemy. We choose to remain in exile in the corridors of time, where they can not reach us, rather than to live under the domination of the insidious Grays. It is dangerous for us to venture forth from the corridors of time, but occasionally we do so for a hit-and-run strike, similar in nature to a cosmic version of terrestrial guerrilla warfare.

“We must periodically enter a substantial physical form for a period of repose, or to breed progeny, in order to continue to survive, but otherwise we constantly travel the vast corridors of time.
That is why we may appear to fade in and out like holographic images to human perception. What I have come here to communicate, if only to one or two people or a small group, is that what is now in the process of happening to your culture, also happened to ours.

It is the same fate our own culture suffered. And the Blonds you see with the Grays are either hybrids, clones, or prisoners of war.

Because no true Blond who got out untouched, unscathed, uncrossed with those Grays would ever be with them. He or she would prefer to be in a state of non-existence.

“Besides the Blonds and the Grays, ships from many other space cultures are watching planet Earth at this time with extreme interest. Scientists from other space cultures are studying what is going on here during this decisive period of your history.

If your elected representatives had not so stupidly made a deal with the only aliens willing to provide them with weapons systems, with the short-sighted goal of overpowering the Russians,
the Grays would not have achieved their present dominance, and you would now be exchanging ambassadors with a wide variety of space cultures.

“What I want to get across to you is that the ultimate evil, which underlies all the negativity in the cosmos, finds expression in that masked form of psychological complacency which leads an individual to adhere to a group philosophy rather than to think things through for oneself!

Those who feel safe and comfortable in no matter what belief system merely because many others adhere to it, who get together and form an arrogant self-righteous group convinced it has a monopoly on the truth and those who are ready to persecute, kill or stifle anyone who
challenges that group’s philosophy, have formed an alliance with the ultimate evil, whether they know it or not.

It is the self-righteousness and implacability of certain elite power groups like the CIA and the KGB, certain organized religions, and certain so-called lunatic fringe groups such as some of the more fanatical Star People, which are so objectionable…

“I have seen civilizations rise and fall, begin again only to die again, over and over and over. It isn’t only a problem on this planet. It’s a problem that must be faced by all civilizations in the course of their development, no matter where they may be located in the cosmos. Everyone wants that slightly larger piece of the pie than their neighbor for themselves, and eventually, this tendency always culminates in choking them.

Sooner or later this will be the undoing of the Grays as well, thereby enabling us to return in triumph from our exile in the corridors of time. The Grays do not see and are incapable of understanding their own fundamental error: that the very weakness they seize upon in humanity is their own inherent weakness, the blind spot that inevitably seals their doom…

“The only way to victory is through the strength of your consciousness. When genetic or other manipulations are being performed on abductees, the Grays expect them to cringe in fear and derive a second-hand high from the intensity of the emotions expressed.

If instead of cringing in fear, an abductee can put his or her mind gratification that the Grays are getting from their second-hand high, and it confuses them.

Center the consciousness on something so different from what they expect that it puzzles them.
(Note: In most cases the image of an empty red or crimson CROSS seems to be especially debilitating to the Grays.

For instance the legendary soldier-saint, St. George, reputedly wore a shield with a red cross emblazoned on a white background. Whether one believes that the dragon slayers existed or not, the legend itself claims that the Christian dragon-slayers of Europe more-or-less marked the end of the dragon race’s infestation of the old world.

One such legend concerned the city of Silene, Libya which had been plagued by a draconian beast for a long period of time.

The king of the city had offered up sheep and livestock in an effort to appease the beast. However the time came when all the livestock had been used up, and this was when human sacrifices were chosen, by lot, to appease the fearsome beast.

One day the lot fell on the king’s own daughter, and the grieved king, honoring his word, allowed
her to be taken and tied to the post outside of the city gates. As the beast was about to pounce upon the princess,
so the story goes, Saint George appeared in shining silver armor and — before the beast knew what was happening — the soldier-saint had pierced it through with his lance and rescued the princess, who later became his wife.

Whether or not such legends have any basis in reality, the story nevertheless symbolizes the unconscious animosity

Occult praxis


(Remember that the ‘root‘ of the ‘New World Order‘ agenda can be traced back to the secret occulted societies connected to Bavaria, Germany — the Illuminati, Thule, Nazis, Vril, Rosicrucian, Black Gnostics, Skull & Bones, Cult of the Serpent, Templars, Babylon Mystery Cult, O.T.O., Golden Dawn, Jesuits, and all of the many lesser-known inter-locking secret societies which grew out of the occult-military core of the early Roman Empire and the later ‘Holy Roman Empire‘ [HO.R.E.] — a core that had its center of power not only in Rome but also in Germany. – Branton)
What we see now perhaps most revealing of all is the dissolution of the boundary between fantasy and reality – the presentation of the vampire as an historical agent rather than a fictional character. Deeply ironic and radical, this slippage of fact and fantasy drives the vampire legacy much closer to its critical core.

Secret groups & NWO drive.

That Anunnaki vampires are perfectly suited to, and a perfect representation of, a global economy in the scope of their engagement and their profile in emergent industries, but there are other ways as well.
This is because their secret agenda has always already been the creation of a one-world government – a New World Order – bypassing nations and creating a system or web from which there is no escape.
The New World Order figures prominently in conspiracy theories and in literature such as Aldous Huxley’s
Brave New World (1932) and George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four (1949). But during the millennium and start of the 21st century, demonstrations against globalism have been on the rise, responding to rapid developments in transnationalism.

By Steve Van Nattan,

from CephasMinistryLibrary Website

The American people (and in fact the whole world is affected by these secret societies: THROUGH the right arm of the USA) have a right to know why this college fraternity is so secret that for example both candidates for the U.S. when it became known being George W. Bush and John Kerry refuse to speak of it.

Do you know that MOST of the elected US presidents are related to TWO single ancient “Royal” bloodlines? Meaning that they might seem to have different last names, but EVERY SINGLE TIME it’s the person with the MOST ROYAL GENES who gets elected! Heaty disputed without any proper/real research.


Grave robbing is not the least of Skull & Bones’ crimes. Many may find it interesting that initiates also drink
wine/blood from a human skull. George W. Bush claims to be a born-again Christian, while John Kerry claims to be
Roman Catholic, yet they will not answer any questions of their affiliation with this Order.

Bush’s conversion came years after his senior year at Yale (i.e. while he was living in Midland, Texas in the
mid 1980s). If his conversion is true, then why won’t he publicly sever his ties with Skull & Bones? Instead,
he gets nervous and annoyed when questioned about it.

Most importantly, does the oath to Skull & Bones supersede all previous and future oaths (as is common in occult organizations) such as the presidential oath of office?

I think it would matter to most Americans if Bush or Kerry placed their hands on their Skull & Bones pin (over their heart) as they take the oath as president.
Which allegiance is stronger? Which comes first?

To become a highest degree Freemason (Illuminated 33rd degree of the Scottish rite lodge), you have to have FAMILY already in the lodge typically. A reference will only get you through the first three degrees
(the “Blue” degrees) and then you stop or get side tracked along another path. If you are not a “family member”, then you cannot achieve the highest degrees. Than you reach a cross point and are asked if you are willing to deface a cross or other religion artefact. If you say no than you are told you made the right choice, if you do it you are told you made the right choice and promoted to 33+, and include contacts/travel with aliens.

You have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity. Why? Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the “Reptilian” DNA encoding

“Dragon blood lines”, also known as the “Anunnaki” in the Sumerian texts. Believe that it is their duty on the Earth, to “manage Humanity” until the return of their gods from other star-systems or dimensions.

Elections are a scams in this respect. It is not actually possible to vote out secret society members which we should and listed accordingly, it would be ’illegal’ to do so. They are lying to us and we just sit back and eat it up as we watch the TV pumping our minds with a FAKE reality.
To be a real member you have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity.


Why? Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the “Reptilian” DNA encoding/mind set. They are negative in emotions and rely heavily on scaremongering selecting occurring natural cycles.

Time the so-called Millennium bug scare, behind the bank crash, pandemics, swine-flue, covid 19,
climate change by greatly distortion facts/figures and cashing. Control not only the media, but the
digital world/presentations for that purpose. Big Tech media/WEF/NWO.

There is more information in the public domain about these praxis in Germany than the and US have copied for illustration.

The Thule Society, beginning with a study of its practices and relevant history.

In past programs, we have stated that the New World Order could not have been realized had it not been for the intense activities of various secret societies throughout the world. We have mentioned one world-wide secret society, the Brotherhood Of Death Society, whose symbol is the skull with two crossed bones.


The German Brotherhood of Death Society is the Thule Society.

Adolph Hitler joined this society in 1919, becoming an adept under the leadership of Dietrich Eckhart.
Later, the Thule Society selected Hitler to be their leader of the New World Order, as Eckhart revealed on
his deathbed, saying, “Follow Hitler; he will dance, but it is I who have called the tune. I have initiated him
into the Secret Doctrine, opened his centers in vision, and given him the means to communicate with the powers.”

(Trevor Ravenscroft, The Spear Of Destiny, p. 91).

In August, 1990, President George Bush announced that the world had now entered into a New World Order.


Shockingly President Bush is an adept in an American Brotherhood of…the Yale Skull and Bones Society.
As we stated earlier, Bush’s New World Order is virtually identical with Hitler’s; the key connecting point is
the common membership in their respective Brotherhood ..

(Behold A Pale Horse, p. 81; Introduction To The Order, p.7).

Concentrate on that seemingly innocent word, rituals. Christians equate a ritual to a church service, thereby not understanding its occultist meaning. The New Age Dictionary defines ritual as a “ceremony to restore balance with nature…and bring back lost harmony and sacredness.”

Remember we are dealing with the Satanic world, where good is called evil and evil good. The sacred-ness mentioned here is a Satanic sacredness. Rituals literally are proscribed activities designed to allow demonic power to flow through the participants. These activities are proscribed chants, formula wordings, and carefully planned actions. As we noted last week, the effect is devastatingly powerful, as demonic force pours through the participants, delivering a counterfeit spiritual experience which literally transforms their lives. Never skip over the word ritual, as it is a word of Satanic power.

Thule members practiced a form of Sexual Magic derived from a lodge of which Aleister Crowley was a member.
Crowley was recognized as the foremost worshipper of Satan in the 19th Century. “The origin of this…medieval magic…can be traced to a Freemason, Robert Little, who founded the Societas Rosicruciana in 1865…
(Ravenscroft, Spear of Destiny, p. 164-5).

While the actual sexual perversions which were practiced are too offensive to share, the results are not.
Author Revenscroft stated that “indulgence in the most sadistic rituals awakened penetrating vision into the workings of Evil Intelligences and bestowed phenomenal magical powers.” (Ibid. p. 167). This is the Thule Society.

Ravenscroft records its effect upon Hitler,

“…sexual perversion took a central place in [Hitler’s] life… a monstrous sexual perversion was the very core
of his whole existence, the source of his mediumistic and clairvoyant powers, and the motivation behind every act through which he reaped a sadistic vengeance on humanity.”

(Ibid., p. 171).

Eckart’s final act was to initiate Hitler into, “a monstrous sadistic magic ritual… after which he was sexually
impotent. Hitler’s impotency had a deep psychological foundation. He knew sexual fulfillment through the extremes of sadism and masochism…”
(Ravenscroft, p. 155, 173).

This impotency delivered a final devastating blow to Hitler’s psychological foundation, finally making him into the sadistic murderer that history knows.

Thule society believed in “communication with a hierarchy of Supermen — The Secret Chiefs of the Third Order”.
(Ibid) The quality which make these beings supermen was occultic spirituality. Further, they believed in Madame Blavatsky’s Secret Doctrine, which teaches that certain superman had survived the destruction of Atlantis with their higher levels of consciousness intact. These supermen were Aryans.

These two beliefs combined into one through the Thule Society and Hitler, culminating into the Nazi Death Camps.
(Ibid, p. 166). When one group of people incorporate into their spiritual belief structure that they are
inherently superior to another group of people, it is inevitable that genocide will be attempted as soon as
possible.

The Thule Society regularly held occultist seances, during which time they communicated with demons who were either masquerading as a dead person or who were just appearing as their guiding spirits. Dietrich Eckart, Alfred Rosenberg, and Adolph Hitler invoked the Anti-Christ into manifestation at the mediumistic seances of the Thule Group in Munich. (Ravenscroft, Spear of Destiny, p. 168)

Eckert believed he had been told by his guiding spirit he would have the privilege of training the coming Great One, the Anti-Christ. From the beginning of their association, Eckert believed Hitler was Anti-Christ. Therefore, Eckert spared no occultist knowledge, ritual, or perversion in his attempt to fully equip Hitler for the role.
Once the training was completed, Hitler believed he was, “born anew with that super-personal strength and resolution he would need to fulfill the mandate … ordained for him.”

(p. Ravenscroft, p. 93-4)

Hitler literally equated this with the Christian claim to be born again.

Now, let us look at the Skull and Bones rituals and beliefs. Little is firmly known about Skull and Bones,
because their secrecy since they were established in 1833 is as complete as any society in the world. However, they possess all the requirements of a true secret society.

They were formed in secret and all their activities are carried out secretly.

Membership is by invitation only. Potential members are carefully screened as to suitability before they are invited to join.

The first night of the new member, who is called an initiate, is critically important. The initiate swears total
obedience and loyalty to the secret society. This pledge is bound by serious oaths, some of whom would be deadly if actually carried out. The first night is also critically important as it bounds the initiate to the society by means of ritual, oaths, and confessions.

The Skull and Bones also incorporates sexual activities into their practices.

“The death of the initiate will be as frightful as the use of human skeletons and ritual psychology can make it…”
(Esquire Magazine, “The Last Secrets of Skull and Bones”, Ron Rosenbaum, p. 89).

Sexual perversion is part of ritual psychology. Ron Rosenbaum, author of the Esquire Magazine article, stated that on initiation night, called tap night,”…if one could climb to the tower of Weir Hall, the odd castle that overlooks the Bones courtyard, one could hear strange cries and moans coming from the bowels of the tomb as the 15 newly tapped members were put through what sounded like a harrowing ordeal…”

(Esquire, September, 1976, p. 86).

Further, [initiates] “lay naked in coffins and tell their deepest and darkest sexual secrets as part of their initiation.”

(Esquire, p. 85).

These experiences in the coffins incorporated sexual pain and resulted in being born-again, into the Order, as we mentioned above. (Cooper, p.95) Powerful force charges through the participants of these ceremonies, transforming their lives dramatically. This type ritual is classic Satanism. Anton LaVey states, in his book he Satanic Rituals: Companion To The Satanic Bible, (p. 57)

“The ceremony of rebirth takes place in a large coffin… This is similar to the coffin symbolism that…is
found in most lodge rituals.”

Make no mistake about it: Any organization which utilizes this coffin ritual to simulate rebirth is practicing
Satanism, including Skull and Bones.

The Skull and Bones believes that on the night of initiation, the initiate, “dies to the world and be born again into the Order…”

(Esquire Magazine, September, 1977, p. 89).

Remember Hitler’s belief that he had been born anew after his ritualistic initiation and training? This term is a common one in occultism. During the 1988 Presidential Campaign, a TV reporter asked Vice-President Bush if he were a Christian. Bush initially stammered, but then said, “if you mean born again, then, yes, I am a Christian”.

As born-again Christians carry out the ritual of water baptism by immersion to demonstrate that they have died to the old way of life and have been reborn into a new life, the occultists have their ritual to demonstrate the same life transformation. Rosenbaum continues his expose’ of the born-again experience, “then it’s into the coffin and off on a symbolic journey through the underworld to rebirth, which takes place in room number 322. There, the Order clothes the newborn knight in its own special garments, implying that, henceforth, he will tailor himself to the Order’s mission.”

(Ibid., p. 89, 148).

This ritual description is as occultist as any I have read, and truly reveals the Skull and Bones as occultist.

One of the most sobering facets of this counterfeit born again initiation ritual is that the initiate swears to
an allegiance to the Secret Order that transcends any allegiance later in life.

Author Bill Cooper captures this disturbing fact most succinctly,

“…Members of the Order (Skull and Bones) take an oath that absolves them from any allegiance to any nation or king or government or constitution, and that includes the negating of any subsequent oath which they may be required to take.

They swear allegiance only to the Order and its goal of a New World Order…according to the
oath Bush took when he was initiated into Skull and Bones, his oath of office as President of the United States means nothing.”

(Cooper, Behold A Pale Horse, p. 81-82).

Since the oath as President occurred after the Oath to Skull and Bones, it is not worth the paper on which it is printed. That kind of hold is powerful. Indeed, as Ron Rosenbaum began the research necessary to write his article for Esquire, he was warned about the power of Skull and Bones.

“The power of Bones is incredible. They have their hands on every lever of power in the country.”

The only thing which is important to the Skull and Bones is their goal of a New World Order. In conjunction with this understanding, remember one other Secret Society belief, i.e., the ends justify the means.

As Rosenbaum continued his research, he found definite links between Bones and the Bavarian Illuminists.
The Bavarian Illuminists were part of the original Masters of the Illuminati. First, Rosenbaum discovered documents which detailed the origins of Bones back to Germany.

These documents stated, “Bones is a chapter of a corps of a German University…” The document described at length its relationship with this German Secret Society (the Thule Society) which lead to the founding of the Skull and Bones in 1832.

Secondly, Rosenbaum discovered that, “above the arched walls above the vault of the (Bones) sacred room, #322”, is a painting of skulls surrounded by Masonic symbols. Above this painting is the slogan, in German, which means, “Who is the fool, who the wise man, beggar, or king? Whether poor or rich, all’s the same in death.

This means that only the works which one does in this life is what matters; in death, all men share the same fate.
This statement is very consistent with the teachings of Secret Societies, showing their Works-oriented philosophy.

Thirdly, Rosenbaum discovered a, “haunting photograph of the altar room at one of the Masonic lodges at Nuremberg that is closely associated with Illuminati. Haunting because at the altar room’s center, approached through an aisle of hanging human skeletons, is a coffin surmounted by…a skull and crossed bones that look exactly like the particular arrangement of jawbones and thighbones in the official Bones emblem. {Finally}, the skull and crossbones was the official crest of another key Illuminist lodge…”

(Esquire, p.88).

It is shocking also when we realize that German Nazi death camp guards wore this emblem of Skull and Bones on the shoulders of their uniforms.

Without doubt, we have established Skull and Bones to be a Brotherhood of Death Society, which is itself tied into the Masters of the Illuminati. It is no wonder that Bush has been proclaiming the New World Order

RESULTS

We have studied the common philosophical and religious links between the German Thule Society and Skull and Bones.
We now need to study the historical results of the attempt of the Thule Society to establish a New World Order.
After the Thule Society selected Adolph Hitler to be their leader of the New World Order, they faced the problem of practical implementation of this goal.

They realized that their plans for world domination required control of military power of Germany; however, the military is controlled by those holding political power, and Germany was a democracy. Therefore, the Thule Society created the Nazi Party.

The Guiding Spirits of the Thule Society became the Guiding Spirits of the Nazi Party. In only 10 tumultuous years, Hitler gained high political office, from which he catapulted himself into the position of absolute dictator in 1933. In 1938, Hitler began the Final Solution of the Jewish problem by initiating the Holocaust.

In 1939, Hitler initiated World War II, which lasted until Mid-1945. As I read the results, remember James’ words, “Then the evil desire, when it has conceived, gives birth to sin, and sin, when it is fully matured, brings forth death.”

By 1945, the occultic sin conceived by the Thule Society had come to full completion. These are the results:

(Source is The Webster Family Encyclopedia, Volume 19, 1984, p. 492-3)

Enormous armies were mobilized around the world.

Russia 12,500,000 men

America 12,400,000 men

Germany 10,000,000 men

Japan 6,000,000 men

France 5,000,000 men

Britain 4,700,000 men

Italy 4,000,000 men

China 3,800,000 men

Canada 1,100,000 men
Total World-Wide Mobilization: 59,500,000 men

The death toll was almost incomprehensible.

  1. Russia 10,000,000 soldiers – 10,000,000 civilians
  2. Germany 3,000,000 soldiers – 500,000 civilians
  3. Japan 2,000,000 soldiers – 500,000 civilians
  4. Italy 330,000 soldiers – 80,000 civilian
  5. Britain 350,000 soldiers – 60,000 civilian
  6. France 200,000 soldiers – 200,000 civilian
  7. China 1,300,000 soldiers – (no estimate on civilian deaths)
  8. Poland 600,000 soldiers – 5,000,000 civilians
  9. America 390,000 soldiers (negligible civilian deaths)

Total human lives killed was: 18,200,000 soldiers and 16,300,000 civilians for 34,000,000 total deaths.

When you add 18,000,000 deaths from Hitler’s Death Camps, you realize that over 54 million people lost their lives as the final result of the occultist practices and goals of the New World Order of that German Brotherhood of Death Society, the Thule Society. The 6,000,000 Jewish deaths from Hitler’s Final Solution represented two-thirds of the total world-wide Jewish population.

Hitler came close to winning WWII, but God’s timing was not yet come. However, some of the after-effects of WWII served to set the stage for the current drive toward the New World Order.

Alice Bailey states in her book, The Externalization of the Hierarchy, that the world must be united regionally before it can be united into one. Stalin repeated this concept shortly before his death in 1953. World War II certainly provided the impetus for this type reorganization. The World was reorganized militarily into NATO in Europe, the Warsaw Pact in Eastern Europe, and SEATO in Asia. Economic regionalization also occurred along approximately the same lines. Repeated cultural, economic, and religious regionalization’s have been created since WWII.

The infant One-World Government was created as the United Nations, in 1948. A similar effort was orchestrated after WWI as the League of Nations, but was defeated. One of the first actions of the United Nations was to create the nation of Israel, thus fulfilling God’s prophecies to return her back to her Promised Land in the Last Days.

Tremendous technological progress was achieved under the impetus of war. The atomic bomb was created, as were the jet engine, the rocket, and modern telecommunications. New Age author, Allen Neuharth, in his book, Nearly One World, states that these inventions have brought the world to the threshold of a One-World Government, Economy, and Religion, i.e., the New World Order.

This brief review of the after-effects of WWII clearly shows much was achieved that set the stage for the current New World Order. Let us now review some of the goals which Secret Societies today have for the New World Order


Keep in mind that the Skull and Bones is the driving force and is the “first among equals” among all other Secret Societies and all other open organizations which are committed to this new order.

One World Government — the only answer to man’s problems.

One World Economy

One World Religion — Man’s evil actions historically are ascribed to his divisions into many different religions.
Therefore, much emphasis is being laid on the re-uniting into one religion. The current Ecumenical Movement is leading the charge toward this all-important goal. In a seminar held in Boston in August, 1991, the current New
England Director of the Theosophical Society stated that, at the proper moment in world history the Roman Catholic Pope would travel to Jerusalem to address a world-wide religious conference. In his speech, he would declare allthe world’s religions to be united into One.

Thus, Alice Bailey’s Plan, stated almost 50 years ago, would be realized, i.e., that the Great One would reinstate the Ancient Mysteries Religion as the New World Order Religion.

“These Mysteries, when restored, will unify all faiths.”

(Externalization of the Hierarchy, p. 573, written in 1946).

One of the most basic plans after the New World Order is established is to reduce the world’s population from its present 6 billion to 2 billion … (Constance Cumbey, Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow). Thus, birth control and abortion were early identified as necessary to begin reducing population. Our current emphasis on man’s devastating effects upon the earth and upon Global Warming and pollution are designed to convince people that only united, drastic action from the United Nations can save this planet from collapse.

How can this drastic reduction be achieved within this short time frame? The basic answer is war.

Bailey, in her book, The Externalization of the Hierarchy, p. 548, states that the atomic bomb will be turned over to the One-World Government and will be used against any nation who refuses to go along with the New World Order.

Bill Cooper, in Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars from his book, Behold A Pale Horse, quotes a document from the Bilderberg Secret Society, which is an offshoot of Skull and Bones.

“Since most of the general public will not exercise [economic] restraint…[we must] take control of the world by the use of economic silent weapons in a form of quiet warfare and reduce [the dangerous levels of consumption] of the world to a safe level by a process of benevolent slavery and genocide.”
(p. 49).

How could anyone ever think of slavery and genocide as being benevolent? This was the precise thinking of Hitler as he was planning his New World Order. He was going to rid the world of all the undesirables by benevolent warfare.

We reviewed the horrible results in the beginning of the pro-gram; however, these figures pale in
comparison with the deaths of 4 billion people.

At this point, you may protest that the drive to the New World Order is being achieved peacefully. This is true, and when it is fully achieved will fulfill Biblical prophecy which states 1 Thessalonians 5:3

For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.

Further, these plans, if carried out, will also fulfill Biblical prophecy in Revelation 6:4

And there went out another horse that was red: and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a great sword.

Thus, we see that the New World Order goals of the Secret Societies, chief of which is Skull and Bones, when completed, would fulfill many Biblical Prophecies.

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reels

Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem,why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Ukraine sold

Same as usual. Biden is more corrupt than Zelensky. How can just 1 man destroy the US/ World?

Bio-terror as a method of government.

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

The Declaration of Human Sovereignty of Earth.

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

Regarding Contact with Extraterrestrial Nations and Forces

We, the People of Earth, extend greetings to all races in the Greater Community of the Universe. We acknowledge our common heritage before the Creator of all the Universe, both visible and invisible. We declare the planet Earth as humanity’s Planet of Genesis, our Homeworld, and our sacred inheritance. We pledge henceforth to sustain and preserve the Earth for all generations to come. We call upon all humanity to treat all races everywhere with wisdom and justice, here on Earth and throughout the Universe.

Fundamental Rights/free from interference and dictates.

We, the People of Earth, regard the need for freedom to be universal. Therefore, we hold that all individuals in all worlds are created equal and are endowed by the Creator with sacred and inalienable rights. Fundamental among these are the right to live as a free race on their Planet of Genesis, their Homeworld; the right of self-determination, self-sufficiency, and creative expression; the right to life without oppression; and the right to pursue in life a higher purpose and a higher calling that the Creator has provided to all.

Before the Greater Community of the Universe, we, the People of Earth, do now invoke these fundamental rights for ourselves and for our Homeworld, along with certain rights that naturally derive from them, including:

  • The right of sovereignty. The People of Earth shall be self-governed and independent, neither subject to nor dependent upon any other authority. No extraterrestrial force shall contravene or abrogate the human sovereignty of this planet.
  • The right of planetary sanctity. As our Planet of Genesis, the Earth shall be free from extraterrestrial intervention, intrusion, interference, or exploitation, both mental and physical. No extraterrestrial force shall make close approach, or assume close orbit, or make any landing, or engage in trade, except openly and with the expressed consent of the People of Earth achieved through a democratic means.
  • The right of sanctity of biological and genetic material. No extraterrestrial power shall take, possess, or manipulate human biological or genetic material for any purpose whatsoever.
  • The right of occupation. As the native people of the one known inhabited planet of this Solar System, we claim this Solar System as our sphere of influence. No extraterrestrial bases may be established on bodies or stations orbiting the Earth, nor on other planets or bodies of this Solar System, except with the expressed consent of the People of Earth.
  • The right of peaceful navigation. We claim the right to travel and explore within our Solar System without interference or restraint from extraterrestrial forces, and maintain the right to deny access to this Solar System by any extraterrestrial forces.

We, the People of Earth, consider it our rightful responsibility to assert and defend these fundamental rights, and to give and receive aid consistent with these rights. In the case of any dispute with extraterrestrial forces, the burden of proof of innocence shall fall on those who are not native to Earth.

The Assessment

When in the course of their evolution it becomes necessary for the native people of a planet to unite, to transcend the conflicts and differences that have separated them from one another, and to assume among the powers of the Universe a separate and equal sovereignty, a respectful consideration of that sovereignty requires that they declare the causes which impel them to this present course of action.

Although the Earth has undergone a long history of extraterrestrial visitation, the current situation is that the People of Earth are now suffering the effects of a global extraterrestrial intervention into human affairs. This intervention employs a strategy of deception, manipulation, and exploitation, the goal of which is control over humanity, which will result in the loss of human freedom and self-determination. It is now the sacred right and duty of the People of Earth to oppose, resist, and repel this extraterrestrial intervention, to declare and defend our sovereignty, our freedom, and our independence from all extraterrestrial forces.

Let these violations be considered by those supporting the cause of freedom throughout the Greater Community:

  • Intervening extraterrestrial forces have refused to openly disclose and reveal the nature and intent of their activities on and around Earth. This extraterrestrial presence is clandestine, covert, uninvited, and unapproved by the People of Earth. These extraterrestrial forces have concealed their own identity, their political or economic alliances and allegiances, as well as the authorities and powers which they serve.
  • As is becoming increasingly apparent from their actions, extraterrestrial forces intend to exploit the Earth, its resources, and its people, and are engaged in a systematic program of colonizing humanity into a subservient client state to be ruled by agents of these extraterrestrial forces. The extraterrestrial intervention and occupation seeks commercial gain, economic power, and the strategic advantage offered by this world in relation to other worlds.
  • Extraterrestrial forces have repeatedly and with impunity violated national and international laws of the Earth’s people. These offenses, which still continue today, have included violation of restricted airspace; abduction and transportation of humans without their consent; murder, rape, torture, sexual abuse, interbreeding with humans, and cruel experimentation; theft and trade of human biological and genetic materials; theft and trade of Earth’s natural resources; covert mental and psychological influence; mutilation of humans and animals; tampering with and disabling of military defense systems; and clandestine infiltration into human society.
  • Extraterrestrial forces have secretly negotiated treaties and agreements with human individuals and groups, without the informed consent of the People of Earth.
  • Extraterrestrial forces have systematically attempted to persuade and mislead humans through extending false hopes and promises of wealth, power, and protection; rescue from planetary catastrophe; membership in a “galactic federation”; and spiritual salvation and enlightenment.
  • Extraterrestrial forces have exploited and exacerbated human conflicts to serve their own ends.
  • Extraterrestrial forces have been disempowering humanity by leading us to believe that we can only survive with their help and their advanced technology, thus fostering our complete dependence upon them and denying our ability to ensure our own survival.

Demands and Declarations

Accordingly, we, the People of Earth, do hereby declare all previously existing agreements or treaties between any human government, group, or individual and any extraterrestrials to be forthwith null, void, and permanently suspended. We demand that any such previously existing treaties or agreements be fully and publicly disclosed. Any future agreements or treaties between human governments, groups, or individuals and extraterrestrials must be negotiated only with the full consent of the People of Earth, publicly and openly expressed by an international democratic body representing the nations and peoples of Earth.

We demand that all extraterrestrials now cease all operations and activities and immediately vacate and depart from the Earth and its surroundings including the Sun, Earth’s Moon, and all planets of this Solar System. This includes vacating any natural or artificial satellites, as well as all space within the Solar System.

We demand that all extraterrestrial organizations who have established or operated bases on the Earth, its Moon, or anywhere else within this Solar System, dismantle these bases and fully disclose their nature.

We further demand that all living humans who are now in custody of extraterrestrials be returned immediately in good health; further, we demand a full accounting of all humans who have been taken or held by extraterrestrials, including those who have died in captivity. In addition, we demand that all human biological or genetic materials taken from any individuals be accounted for and destroyed, and their intended use be identified. Any devices implanted in living individuals must be identified so that they may be safely removed.

We demand full public disclosure of the purpose and details of the extraterrestrial hybridization program, including the location, identity, and activities of all living human-extraterrestrial hybrids, whether on Earth or elsewhere.

Be it known throughout the Universe that from this time forward, extraterrestrials may only enter our Solar System, approach our Earth, fly in our skies, set foot on our soil, or enter our waters with the explicit consent of the People of Earth.

We, therefore, do solemnly declare that the People of Earth are and should be a free and independent people; that all humans are hereby absolved from all allegiance to extraterrestrial powers, and that all political and economic connections between them and the People of Earth are totally dissolved; that as a free and sovereign race in the Greater Community of the Universe, we assume full power within this Solar System to conclude peace, levy war, contract alliances, establish commerce, and to undertake all other actions which a sovereign planetary race may rightfully and ethically do.

Concluding Statement

Let it be understood that in making this Declaration of Human Sovereignty, we, the People of Earth, affirm our future and destiny as a free race within a Greater Community of intelligent life. We recognize that we are a part of this Greater Community and that we are destined over time to encounter many different races from beyond our world.

To them and to all others, we hereby declare that our intention is not conquest or domination in space. We declare that the rights and privileges that we affirm here for ourselves, we also affirm for all races of beings whom we might encounter.

In making our Declaration of Human Sovereignty & Freedom, we proclaim our rights, responsibilities, and privileges as a free race in order that we may pursue greater unity, peace, and cooperation within the human family without unwanted or unwarranted intrusion and interference by any outside nation or force from the Greater Community. We make this proclamation as an expression of our Divine right and honorable intent for the human family and for all races in the Universe who seek to be free.

Download the Declaration

Share the Declaration with Others!

Links:

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reels

Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Ukraine sold

Same as usual. Biden is more corrupt than Zelensky. How can just 1 man destroy the US/ World?

Bio-terror as a method of government.

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here/

Jimmy Dore @ propaganda?

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

The echo chamber.

(12) The WHO Is Staging A Global Power Grab & No One’s Doing Anything! – YouTube

How Jimmy Dore Broke Out of the Propaganda Matrix

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

Previous

Next

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1304999&v=20230402&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • Comedian Jimmy Dore initially got caught up in the propaganda and believed the COVID jab would be a good strategy. He took the shot and suffered severe side effects from it. Dore quickly put two and two together and realized he’d been duped. The shot was nowhere near as safe (or effective) as they claimed
  • After that realization, Dore started seeing through other propaganda narratives as well
  • Dore realized the medical establishment lied not only about ivermectin, but also about hydroxychloroquine and early treatments. They lied about herd immunity and natural immunity. They lied about masks. They lied when they said the COVID jab prevents transmission and could end the pandemic. They lied about the safety of the shots, and about the seriousness of the virus itself too
  • During the Omicron wave, Dore got COVID three times, and it was “the mildest cold” he’d ever had in his life. Unfortunately, he made a second mistake. He took Paxlovid, and got COVID again. That Paxlovid makes you prone to reinfection is now also an established fact
  • Dore warns that the entire government is corrupt. Corruption has been integrated into every part of the government, and every system used to run it

In this interview, one of my favorite comedians, Jimmy Dore, and I discuss the propaganda machine surrounding all things COVID. I’ve posted many of his videos on this site, as I enjoy his direct and incisive commentary. Like me, Dore grew up in Chicago, Illinois. He packed up his belongings and drove to Los Angeles, California, in 1995, and never looked back.

“Everything worked out in Los Angeles for me when I got to town,” he says. “It was a real refuge being around all the other comedians and actors and artists. I got lucky, I got an agent right away and I was able to get on television right away. So everything worked out.”

Exiting the Matrix

I’m impressed with Dore’s critical thinking skills because, like most people, he got caught up in the propaganda and believed the COVID jab would be a good strategy. He took the shot, suffered side effects from it, and had to find a holistic physician who was able to guide him back to health.

Unlike most people, however, Dore was able to put two and two together after that, and realized he’d been duped. The shot was nowhere near as safe (or effective) as they claimed. After that realization, he started seeing through other propaganda narratives as well.

“I was completely propagandized,” he says. “I have a bone condition that I have to treat every day, so I was afraid. They made it sound like if you got COVID, it’s going to go find the most vulnerable part of your body, it’s going to infect it and kill you. So, I was convinced that if I got it, it was going to go right to my bones and kill me.

I was scared to death. So, I knew I was going to take the vaccine — and I was afraid to look into it. This is true, right? Because I knew I was going to take it anyway, and because both of my doctors had told me to take it, because they didn’t know any better. None of us knew at the time that they were suppressing accurate information. I didn’t know that. Neither did my doctors.

At that time, we didn’t know there were other doctors out there with another narrative. I didn’t know about the Great Barrington Declaration. I didn’t know there were leading scientists and doctors who had a different idea. I didn’t know what a criminal Dr. Fauci was. I didn’t know that he did the same thing in the AIDS crisis.

So, I took the vaccine, I got sick, and never got better. It was just horrible side effects. I had 180/120 blood pressure. I could have had a stroke at any moment. I had nerve pain, nerve damage. I was diagnosed with occipital neuralgia, which if you know what that is, it’s the most wicked stiff neck you’ve ever had in your life.

I had joint pain, exhaustion, shortness of breath. I had it for months. Luckily, [I found doctors] who were on the forefront of treating people who were vaccine injured … and they had a theory. My doctor was Dr. [Ram] Yogendra. He was working with [Dr.] Bruce Patterson and their idea was that people who got vaccine injured would be presenting as if they had long COVID.

They did a special blood test. He showed me my biological markers and said, ‘You are presenting as if you had long COVID, but you’ve never had COVID. So, you got this from the vax’ … They gave me fluvoxamine, azithromycin and ivermectin. And when he gave me ivermectin, I was like, ‘Hey, what’s this? I thought this was that horse paste.’

That’s when it was explained to me that we were being lied to on a scale that our minds can’t comprehend. That ivermectin not only is not dangerous, it’s not only for animals, it’s a human medicine. In fact, it won the Nobel Prize for human medicine, and it’s on the World Health Organization’s list of essential medicines, has been prescribed billions of times and has saved billions of lives, and is less toxic than Tylenol.

I was like, ‘Are you kidding me?’ And he said, ‘Jimmy, before COVID, they were looking at ivermectin to treat cancer. It was considered a wonder drug. And the reason why they’re lying about it now is because if ivermectin treats COVID, they can’t get their emergency use authorization for these vaccines’ …

So that was like, ‘Oh my god, they’re lying about it. This is just a big money grab. And as soon as I figured that out, and no matter what I looked into, they were lying about it.”

All Lies

As Dore eventually realized, the medical establishment lied not only about ivermectin, but also about hydroxychloroquine and early treatments. They lied about herd immunity and natural immunity. They lied about masks. They lied when they said the COVID jab prevents transmission and could end the pandemic. They lied about the safety of the shots, and about the seriousness of the virus itself too.

“The virus was never a serious virus,” Dore says. “Bill Gates, after he cashed in his stock, money that he invested in Pfizer, then he started telling people the truth. He said, ‘Yeah, well, the virus, it isn’t that deadly. It has a low fatality rate.’ This is a direct quote …

It affects the elderly and those with comorbidities, kind of like the flu, but a little different. The average age of death from COVID is over the age of life expectancy, but we’re vaccinating high schoolers … children and babies. This is a criminal act on an unbelievable scale. And they’re still doing it because they own the media and because they’ve gotten away with it and because they have immunity from lawsuits.

Why do you need immunity from a lawsuit? Why do you need that if it’s safe and effective if you’ve done all the trials? Because it’s not, and you haven’t done all the trials. That’s why.

The people who are pushing this are the biggest criminals in the world, and they’ve already proven that they are willing to kill massive amounts of people for profit … It’s the most psychopathic evil system I’ve ever seen. And everybody is OK with it. So, that was my journey.”

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

On the Vaccine That Isn’t

As noted by Dore, a vaccine that doesn’t block transmission of a virus (and therefore doesn’t prevent you from getting sick) isn’t a vaccine. It’s a therapeutic. We now know for a fact that the COVID shots don’t block transmission. They never even tested to see if it would prevent transmission, which is something I and other scientists pointed out from the very beginning. We also have an abundance of evidence showing the shots do more harm than good.

“More people were injured by the ‘vaccine’ than got saved by it,” Dore says. “Right now, nobody should take it. Omicron is a cold. It has done exactly what Dr. Robert Malone explained on my show in early 2021, that the virus is going to mutate to become way more infectious and less deadly. And that’s exactly what happened.”

During the Omicron wave, Dore got COVID three times, “and it was nothing,” he says. “It was the mildest cold I ever had in my life.” Unfortunately, he made a second mistake the first time he got COVID. He took Paxlovid and got it again. That Paxlovid makes you prone to reinfection is now also an established fact.

Corruption Will End the US Empire

“What’s happening is we’re run by psychopathic criminals and … people don’t realize that our government is not ‘regular’ corrupt,” Dore says. Most people think of government corruption in terms of Joe Biden giving his son Hunter a cushy job on an energy board in Ukraine, or Donald Trump setting his son up with a business deal in Saudi Arabia.

But the corruption we’re now starting to see is far worse and more widespread than that. It’s been integrated into every part of the government, and every system used to run it. 

“The whole thing is corrupt,” Dore says. “The whole COVID policy was corrupt. The whole vaccine rollout 100% corrupt. Everything that happens in Congress happens because of grease from the oil of corruption. And if there isn’t corruption in there to grease the wheels, the mechanisms of government don’t run.

That’s why we can send $100 billion to Ukraine because that’s $100 billion in corruption, while we don’t send $100 billion to the United States to end homelessness. $100 billion dollars could end homelessness three times in the United States, and they won’t send it to our own country because there’s nobody there to make a profit off it … Our legislators make a big profit off war.

So, we have an endless death economy, and that’s all we can do. We will not invest in our own country. This is called an end of an empire. This is how all empires end, and we’re ending right now …

We have 1,000 military bases around the world. You know how many Russia has? Three. You know how many China has? I don’t know, two. It’s like nothing. We have 1,000 military bases. We’re the terrorists. We’ve had 400 military bases surrounding China since the Korean War.

We’re doing a war right now on Russia’s border. Can you imagine if Russia was financing a war against us in Mexico to the tune of $100 billion dollars? Could you imagine if Russia was sending their missiles and their tanks? What do you think we would do? And that’s exactly what’s happening right now.”

We Live in an Illusion of Democracy

As noted by Dore, Russia, China, India, Italy and Venezuela are now joining forces to create new economic power centers to combat the United States’ hegemony. “And they’re doing it by saber-rattling with two nuclear powers,” Dore says.

“This was the stuff that they said Trump was going to do. Trump actually wasn’t, he was actually a peacenik compared to these guys. Trump didn’t start another war. That’s why they’re arresting him. That’s why they impeached him twice. They had to do an FBI op on January 6.

The whole thing is, they know that people are done with the oligarchy. They’re done with this two-party duopoly, which is a uniparty because they all work for the same people. The Democrats and the Republicans get paid by the same guys: Wall Street, Big Pharma, health insurance, Silicon Valley and the military-industrial complex.

They all work for the same people, which is why we can have an ecological disaster that’s poisoning people in East Palestine, and nobody cares about it in the government, but they will fly to Kiev and promise another $10 billion to a foreign country because corruption is greasing the wheels of that happening …

We live under a fascist government. Anybody who thinks they’re voting for Democrats and patting themselves on the back like they’re fighting against fascism or white supremacy, I want to disabuse you of that stupid idea. You are not. You are voting for another brand of fascism …

This idea that you’re going to end fascism by voting for a Democrat — we already live under a fascist government! Your democracy has already been stolen from you. The perfect marriage of corporations and government, that’s what fascism is. That’s why they mandated vaccines. That’s why they gave $100 billion to Ukraine, and they won’t fix homelessness in America.”

Predictions for the Future

Like me, Dore believes things will get far worse before they get better. In terms of overthrowing the corrupt uniparty, he believes we need a brand-new party that hasn’t yet been swallowed by corruption, and his suggestion for Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who is contemplating running for President in 2024, is to ditch the Democratic party and form a new one.

“I wish Bobby Kennedy would run as a third party, and I wish he would organize people to get in the streets,” Dore says. “The guy, he’s a real hope. When you talk to him, you can just sense he’s the real deal … I know he is going to run as a Democrat, and wouldn’t it be great if he proved me wrong?…

But superdelegates … would find other ways to rig it. Look what they did to Bernie Sanders this last time. They invented a new app for the Iowa primary, and somehow that new app couldn’t count votes. Isn’t that amazing? They couldn’t figure out how many people voted. And who invented that app? A bunch of Democratic Party operatives and donors.

So, they’re going to invent a way. If it isn’t the superdelegates, which it will be, they will invent new ways to do it, plus the onslaught of the media. Plus, they’ll just say, ‘Oh, he didn’t win. He didn’t get the votes.’ And then if you say, ‘You guys are stealing the election,’ they’ll call you a conspiracy theorist, just like they did to anybody who challenges their elections.

When the Democrats challenge an election, it’s because they’re good people standing up for democracy like they did against the 2016 election. They say the 2016 election was stolen by Russia. So that’s OK to say, but you can’t say any other election was stolen or you’re a kook.

So, our elections weren’t secure enough in 2016 that a conman like Donald Trump could win, but they’re so secure in 2020 that you could never have a question about it.

These people are pathological liars, criminals. We’re ruled by criminals. And I hope Bobby Kennedy gets people in the streets because that’s the only way to get this done. Just like Martin Luther King did, just like Gandhi did. That’s the only way to overthrow [the oligarchy].”

More Information

You can find more of Dore’s insightful and funny commentary by subscribing to his YouTube channel. You can get livestream notifications by signing up for them on JimmyDore.com. You can also follow him on FacebookTwitter and Instagram.

TODAY’S FREE ARTICLES

WHO Launches Digital Health Partnership With Europe

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

(12) The WHO Is Staging A Global Power Grab & No One’s Doing Anything! – YouTube

Flavanol Deficiency Contributes to Age-Related Memory Decline

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • June 5, 2023, the World Health Organization and the European Commission announced the launch of a digital health initiative in which the WHO will establish a global COVID-19 vaccination certification system based on the European Union’s (EU) already existing Digital COVID Certificate
  • This vaccine passport system will be expanded into a Global Digital Health Certification Network (GDHCN) run by the WHO that will include “a wide range of digital products to deliver better health for all.” The vaccine passport will also, in time, cover all recommended vaccinations
  • WHO members have approved a $6.83 billion budget for the next two years, which will require a 20% hike in mandatory member fees
  • The budget increase is needed because the WHO is being set up as the sole decisionmaker over public health globally through the proposed pandemic treaty and International Health Regulation (IHR) amendments, each of which reinforces the WHO’s authority and power through different avenues while erasing national sovereignty and human rights
  • Baked into the pandemic treaty we also have One Health, which perfectly dovetails with The Great Reset narrative. When you add the treaty, the IHR amendments and One Health together, it becomes clear that the WHO is being set up as the de facto power center of the deep state, and this One World Government will rule everything

June 5, 2023, the World Health Organization and the European Commission announced the launch of a “landmark digital health initiative to strengthen global health security.”1,2

As explained in the press release,3 as of this month, the WHO will establish a global COVID-19 vaccination certification system based on the European Union’s (EU) already existing Digital COVID Certificate (EU DCC) to “help facilitate global mobility and protect citizens across the world from ongoing and future health threats.”

Eventually, this vaccine passport system will be expanded into a Global Digital Health Certification Network (GDHCN) run by the WHO that will include “a wide range of digital products to deliver better health for all.” The vaccine passport will also, in time, cover all recommended vaccinations, not just COVID-19.4 The press release continues:5

“This partnership will work to technically develop the WHO system with a staged approach to cover additional use cases, which may include, for example, the digitization of the International Certificate of Vaccination or Prophylaxis. Expanding such digital solutions will be essential to deliver better health for citizens across the globe.

This cooperation is based on the shared values and principles of transparency and openness, inclusiveness, accountability, data protection and privacy, security, scalability at a global level, and equity. The European Commission and WHO will work together to encourage maximum global uptake and participation.”

Why Implement COVID Passport When Shots Don’t Work?

As reported by The Daily Sceptic, the announcement raises many questions:6

“Vaccine passports are controversial, even in the United Nations … June 30th 2021 … the UNESCO World Commission for the Ethics of Science and Technology and the UNESCO International Bioethics Committee released a joint statement warning that ‘any COVID-19 certificate … should account for scientific uncertainty regarding the degree of protection that specific vaccines, past infections and negative COVID-19 test results provide’ …

In light of these concerns, the UN agencies proposed that ‘a research program should be developed to assess their impact on society and public health, and the risks they might bring.’

The new press release from the WHO and EU makes no mention of the progress of this research program, or whether it has been established at all. Is it not necessary to ascertain the effectiveness and cost-benefit profile of an intervention before rolling it out globally and making it permanent?

Given how leaky COVID vaccines are, and how short-lived any protection offered by them might be — some studies even show the vaccinated suffering higher infection rates than the unvaccinated — it’s hard to imagine that vaccine passports delivered any real limitation of disease transmission.

But the WHO and EU don’t appear to regard this as a relevant question to ask. Is that because they blindly assume they are beneficial, or because they have other reasons for wanting to roll out this restrictive technology globally?”

The implementation of a vaccine passport system — which the WHO claimed it did not support when concerns were initially raised about it in 20217 — is a clear sign that the WHO fully expects to take the reins on global health, and that public health is not the primary incentive behind this power grab.

WHO Takeover Moves Full Speed Ahead

Already, WHO members have approved a $6.83 billion budget for the next two years (2024 through 2025), which will require a 20% hike in mandatory member fees.8,9 “Strategic priorities” that will receive large chunks of this funding include:10

  • Expanding universal health coverage to at least 1 billion people who do not currently have it
  • Ensuring 1 billion more people are “better protected from health emergencies”
  • Ensuring 1 billion more people can enjoy “better health and well-being”
  • Developing more effective and efficient WHO support to member countries
  • Eradicating polio (most likely through expanded vaccination programs)

That budget increase is also needed because the WHO is being set up as the sole decisionmaker over public health globally through the proposed pandemic treaty and International Health Regulation (IHR) amendments, each of which reinforces the WHO’s authority and power through different avenues while erasing national sovereignty and human rights.

If the WHO gets its way, it will no longer be a body that makes recommendations that countries can choose to follow. Rather, its “advice” will be akin to declarations of international law. Member states will be required to follow the WHO’s “recommendations” or face costly consequences.

Once the pandemic treaty and the IHR amendments are implemented, the WHO will have the authority to impose everything from climate lockdowns and border closures to mandatory vaccinations of all kinds. We’ve also warned that the WHO would implement a mandatory vaccine passport system for population control purposes, and with the announcement above, we can consider that a done deal.

The WHO will even have the authority to dictate what is truth and what is misinformation that must be censored. The WHO will essentially outlaw democracy worldwide because democracy cannot exist unless there is freedom of speech in public discourse.

Member states will have no choice but to censor what the WHO wants censored, because each country is also required to set up an enforcement agency to ensure the WHO’s edicts are followed nationwide, and that includes censorship activities.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

Understand Where We’re Headed

https://youtube.com/watch?v=ixnqF6vEufA%3Fwmode%3Dtransparent%26rel%3D0

For a further review of the WHO’s new Global Digital Health Certification Network, see John Campbell’s video review above.

It’s now beyond imperative that people understand where we’re headed, and that the COVID measures weren’t just responses to a given pandemic, but rather were the foundation for a totalitarian one world government where human rights and freedoms will no longer exist.

Indeed, the pandemic treaty redefines human rights as “health equity” and nothing else. The IHR amendments also eliminate individual rights and freedoms specifically. IHR Article 3 is being amended as follows (strikethroughs in the text indicate that the text is to be deleted, and the additions or revisions are underlined in bold):

“The implementation of these Regulations shall be with full respect for the dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms of persons based on the principles of equity, inclusivity, coherence and in accordance with their common but differentiated responsibilities of the States Parties, taking into consideration their social and economic development.”

In other words, bodily autonomy and personal choice are being replaced by one-size-fits-all medicine that has no regard for human dignity, human rights or fundamental freedoms. The right to opinions that differ from the WHO’s is also being removed on the national level.

IHR Article 2 is also being amended in such a way that the WHO will have the authority to take action on ANYTHING that has the “potential to impact public health,” and this includes everything from climate and pollution to agricultural land use and the food industry, as specified under the One Health agenda,11,12 which is baked into the pandemic treaty.

To understand what’s at stake, please review the article-by-article compilation of the proposed IHR amendments,13 found here, and then compare that to the proposed treaty. A “Zero Draft” dated February 1, 2023, can be found here.14

As explained by the WHO back in 2021, the treaty is the “framework that recognizes the central role of the IHR.”15 So, these two instruments are designed and intended to work as a unit, with the treaty giving recognition to the IHR, and the IHR amendments stripping nations of their sovereignty.

But that’s not all. Baked into the pandemic treaty we also have One Health, which perfectly dovetails with The Great Reset narrative. When you add these three things together — the treaty, the IHR amendments and One Health — it becomes clear that the WHO is being set up as the de facto power center of the deep state, and this One World Government will rule everything.

Treaty Expands WHO’s Power Beyond Pandemics

As illustrated in the graphic16 below, the One Health agenda is based on the premise that a broad range of aspects of life and the environment have the potential to impact human health.

In addition to the life segments listed on this graph, the scope of One Health, according to a One Health Commission document,17 also includes communications, economics, civil society, global trade, commerce and security, public policy and regulation, research, noncommunicable diseases and much more.

One Health

Under the new treaty, the WHO will have unilateral power to make decisions about all of these areas, and its dictates will supersede and overrule any and all local, state and federal laws. In short, if the pandemic treaty is enacted, the WHO will not merely have the authority to dictate how countries prepare for and respond to pandemic threats: It will have the authority to dictate every aspect of our lives.

The WHO, in turn, is beholden to and does what its funders want, and the largest funder is Bill Gates (when you add together all his various donation sources). Gates, of course, is invested in all primary Great Reset necessities, including fake food, drugs, vaccines, surveillance and climate modification technologies.

One Health Is the Subversion of Holistic Health

As noted by David Bell, a senior scholar at Brownstone Institute, a public health physician and former medical officer and scientist at the WHO, the One Health agenda is really the subversion of the age-old holistic concept of health:18

“Ill health is a lever for fear, and death even more so, especially to those who believe that we are simply organic constructs that end in dust and decay. A cult feeding off these fears, holding that the entire biosphere is threatening us with diseases and death, would therefore have real potential for mass control.

Convince followers that humans are the poison that made this world so destructive, and you will also have a means to stoke hate against non-believers whilst adding guilt to the tools for compliance.

A cult based on fear of the world and the people who poisoned it, dressed up in philanthropy and virtue, has risen amongst us. Co-opting One Health terminology, it is now funded by the spoils of COVID, and empowered by technology that can take this medieval witch-hunting sect global.

The environment, everywhere, should be managed and protected for human benefit — physical, mental, and social. The One Health concept, centered in such common sense, was once no more than this. It is a rational way to express an age-old principle … Sanitation and improved nutrition will save more lives than the next round of profiteering brought to us by Pfizer.

However … One Health has been hijacked by self-proclaimed philanthropists … One Health is being corrupted in two ways, but for the same ends and by much the same people. Understanding one tells us about the people we are dealing with, the other reveals their motives.”

The One Health Ideology Is Anti-Human

As explained by Bell, One Health is an ideology that places human life and welfare on par with all other life, including plants and animals. This means that your life, and the lives of your children, are no more important than the lives of polar bears, trees, waterways and soil.

If your actions cause ecological harm, and the polar bear doesn’t, then you are the one who must be eliminated from the equation. That’s really the crux of this ideology. It’s not pro-environment but, rather, anti-human at its core.

“Within this ‘equitable’ worldview, humans become a pollutant,” Bell writes.19 “Ever-growing human populations have driven other species to extinction through environmental change, from the megafauna of ancient Australasia to the plummeting insect populations of modern Europe.

Humans become a plague upon the earth, and their restriction, impoverishment and death may therefore be justified for a greater good.

It is difficult for people to grasp that this is a guiding ideology of public figures, as it runs counter to most human moral systems or Natural Law … We must understand the ideology driving this movement, as they intend for us to follow their dictates, and they intend to indoctrinate our children.”

Expose the Barren Ideology of One Health

One Health is also designed to control the masses through fear. We’re constantly bombarded with predictions of doom and told we must be protected for our own good.

“Expanding this approach from a single virus to any aspect of the biosphere impacting human well-being, such as climate, provides an opportunity to use this totalitarian tool of population control to reshape society to the model that the purveyors of fear desire,” Bell notes, adding:

“Through amendments to the International Health Regulations (IHR) and a new ‘pandemic treaty,’ the WHO is coupling this broad definition of One Health with a definition of ‘emergency’ that simply requires recognition of a threat rather than actual harm.

When applied to the WHO’s broad definition of health, ‘physical, mental and social well-being,’ almost all aspects of normal life could be included in its scope. Addressed through a proscriptive public health paradigm that encompasses global mandates, restrictions and censorship, and those running this agenda have an opportunity for unprecedented power …

[In] 2019, the WHO stated in its recommendations for pandemic influenza that border closures, quarantine, and prolonged business closures should never be undertaken in response to a pandemic. These measures would drive inequality and disproportionately harm low-income people, destroying both economies and social capital.

In 2020, refocusing priorities on a new constituency, the WHO promoted these same inequitable policies. The evidence did not change, but the constituency did. Wealthy people and corporations had become significant directive funders of WHO programs. Those who benefit from improved nutrition and sanitation cannot fund the WHO’s growing staff, but those profiting from the largesse of the COVID response can …

Evil is not defeated by hiding from it. It is fought by exposing the ideology that drives it, the greed, the lies, and the deceit … In the end, mad ideologues collapse under the weight of their own deceit and the shallowness of their dogmas.

The earth-mother religion of a corrupted One Health and the feudalist ambitions of its priests will be no different. We should not fear public health or a holistic view of the world. They are ours and can be a force for good. Rather, we should expose the hollowness of the people who would subvert them, driven by their own greed and barren ideologies.”

We’re Running Out of Time

Plandemic 3: The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) Please click on link:

(rumble https://rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html.com)

Importantly, as noted by comedian Jimmy Dore in the featured video above, the pandemic treaty is not something that member nations must opt into. It’s an opt-out proposition. If a nation fails to opt out before the deadline, they automatically accept the treaty.

Based on the current timeline, the World Health Assembly (WHA) will vote on the pandemic treaty in May 2024, and it will take force 30 days later. That gives us just under a year and a half to get the U.S. to either opt out, or better yet, exit the WHO altogether.

The IHR amendments will also be voted on in May 2024. The 10-month deadline for member states to reject the amendments will expire in March 2025, and the amendments will come into force for any nation that did not reject them in May 2025. For any member that rejects the amendments, the 2005 IHR will apply.

Strangely enough, some of the IHR amendments have been adopted already. As reported by author and researcher James Roguski,20 they were adopted during the 75th World Health Assembly, May 27, 2022, even though nothing was signed. This is yet another testament to the rampant lawlessness and subversive tactics we’re dealing with.

Disturbingly, many Americans aren’t even aware that the U.S. government is about to relinquish our national sovereignty and everyone’s personal bodily autonomy to the WHO21 because mainstream media aren’t talking about it.

So, please, share this and any other articles you find on this subject with everyone you know, and continue to educate yourself. By far, these are the greatest threats to freedom the world has ever seen, and the risks apply evenly to everyone, no matter where you live.

Fact Checkers Take Advantage of Confusion

Keep in mind that while the IHR amendments and treaty address different areas of the WHO’s new power structure, they will work together to massively empower the WHO once both come into force. Also be aware that since the global takeover is happening on several fronts at the same time, it’s easy to get confused on the details, and this confusion can easily become fodder for fact checkers. As reported by The Defender:22

“The AP recently ‘fact-checked’ claims that the pandemic treaty endangers national sovereignty. According to the AP, it ‘does not overrule any nation’s ability to pass individual pandemic-related policies’ and ‘does not overrule any nations’ individual health or domestic policies.’ There would be ‘effectively no legal consequences for signatories who fail to adhere to it or violate its terms.’

The AP ‘fact-check’ doesn’t mention the proposed IHR amendments. [Author and researcher James] Roguski cited this as an example of the frequent conflation of the pandemic treaty and the IHR amendments. He said language eroding national sovereignty is not found in the pandemic treaty — but is found in the IHR amendments.

‘Everyone’s paying attention to the treaty,’ Roguski said. ‘They’re completely and totally cross-pollinating the details that are in the amendments, attributing them to the treaty, and getting ‘fact-checked’ to high heaven.”

Call on Congress to Withdraw US From the WHO

While the U.S. House and Senate have introduced identical bills to thwart the WHO’s power grab through the proposed pandemic treaty, that still might not protect us, because the treaty is specifically written to circumvent the Senate-approval process.23

A far more effective strategy would be for Congress to withhold its annual contributions to the WHO, and then withdraw the U.S. from the WHO altogether. I believe it may be worth supporting all these strategies. So, please, contact your representatives and urge them to:

  • Support the No WHO Pandemic Preparedness Treaty Without Senate Approval Act24,25,26,27,28
  • Withhold funding for the WHO
  • Support U.S. withdrawal from the WHO

We also need to protect our nation against the IHR amendments. To that end, the World Council for Health has launched a global #StopTheWHO campaign. Here’s how you can get involved:29

Speak — Raise awareness on the ground and online. Use articles, posters, videos
Act — Campaign through rallies, political mobilization, legal notices and cases and similar campaigns
Collaborate with health freedom coalitions such as the World Council for Health
Explore activist toolboxes such as the World Council for Health Stop the Who Campaign and stopthewho.com

Links: matilda-macelroy.com

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

Bio-terror as a method of government.

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

Pushing the reset button
Energy as a Vehicle of Control and the War on Carbon.
‘The world’s gone mad!’
Slavery, Power/Greed!


Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda!

Index: please click on the link for the index please?


Executive Order Lays Foundation for Lab-Created Foods.

Please click link: The Fake ‘Food as Medicine’ Agenda & Synthetic Foods – Dr Mercola (bitchute.com)

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

Cabal or deep State& Alien connection. Stranger science fiction.

  • April 04, 2023

Gut Microbiome May Be a Game Changer for Tumor Prevention

Gut Microbiome May Be a Game Changer for Tumor Prevention

Ronnie Cummins Describes Strategy for Taking Back Organics

Ronnie Cummins Describes Strategy for Taking Back Organics

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1306118&v=20230404&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • September 12, 2022, U.S. President Joe Biden signed an “Executive Order on Advancing Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Innovation for a Sustainable, Safe and Secure American Bioeconomy.” This executive order makes biotechnology a national priority across agencies and branches of government. Similar legislation has been introduced in the U.K.
  • In late March 2023, Biden expanded on this premise in a “Bold Goals for U.S. Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing” report. According to this plan, the food industry is now to be led by biotech, and the “improvements” we can look forward to are more lab-grown meats and bioengineered plant foods
  • Rather than investing taxpayer dollars in regenerative agriculture, which is what could really solve our problems, government is instead backing a whole new industry of fake foods, from lab-grown meats to large-scale insect production
  • Two cell-based lab-grown meat companies have now received the green light to produce and sell fake chicken in the U.S.
  • Meanwhile, a Food Hazards Identification report by the British Food standards Agency and Food Standards Scotland, published in March 2023, warns there are “considerable gaps in knowledge” when it comes to cell-based meat production, and many potential hazards

September 12, 2022, U.S. President Joe Biden signed an “Executive Order on Advancing Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Innovation for a Sustainable, Safe and Secure American Bioeconomy.”1

This executive order makes biotechnology a national priority across agencies and branches of government. As noted in this order, biotechnology will also be used to “improve” food security, sustainability, and agricultural innovation in the U.S.:

“The Secretary of Agriculture, in consultation with the heads of appropriate agencies as determined by the Secretary, shall submit a report assessing how to use biotechnology and biomanufacturing for food and agriculture innovation, including by improving sustainability and land conservation; increasing food quality and nutrition; increasing and protecting agricultural yields; protecting against plant and animal pests and diseases; and cultivating alternative food sources.”

Support of Bioengineered Fake Food Is Now White House Policy

In late March 2023, Biden expanded on this premise in a “Bold Goals for U.S. Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing” report.2 According to this plan, the food industry is now to be led by biotech, and the “improvements” we can look forward to are more lab-grown meats and bioengineered plant foods.

In the featured video above, I discuss this rapidly advancing trend, and the true geopolitical incentives behind it, because the U.S. is not alone in moving in this direction. A similar plan is detailed in the U.K.’s Genetic Technology and Precision Breeding Act of 2023.3 Specific goals highlighted in Biden’s “Bold Goals” report include:4

•Increasing agricultural productivity by 28% in the next decade

•Reducing food waste by 50% by 2030

•Reducing methane emissions from agriculture by 30% by 2030 by:

1.Capturing biogases from manure management systems

2.Reducing methane emissions from ruminant livestock

3.Reducing methane emissions from food waste in landfills

As reported by Food Dive:5

“While advocates and some companies have been working to reduce methane emissions from food, cut down on food waste, increase capacity for producing alternative proteins and use bioengineering to make healthier and hardier crops and animals, goals like these have never before come from the White House …

The federal government is providing more evidence that it intends to do more than just talk about big goals. A day before the report came out, FDA gave its second tacit approval to a company using biotechnology to grow meat from cells in bioreactors.

While neither … is creating meat for consumers yet, this action shows that the federal government is moving toward making cultivated meat a reality.”

Government Supports a Failed Strategy

Report Predicts Next Pandemic Will Come From Meat

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Check

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • The idea that pathogens will jump species and kill humans is a useful scare tactic, and it’s now being pushed like never before under One Health — a global agenda that will allow unelected bureaucrats at the World Health Organization to centralize power and make decisions relating to diet, agriculture and livestock farming, environmental pollution, movement of populations, health care and much more, for the entire world
  • A report from Harvard Law School and New York University predicts the next pandemic is likely to emerge from the U.S. meat supply — or the fur trade, or a petting zoo, or from pets. It reviews all the different areas of life and commerce that involve animal and human contact and the subsequent hypothetical zoonotic transmission chains. One Health documents are repeatedly referenced in this report
  • Incontrovertible evidence has emerged showing that the scientists who wrote “Proximal Origin of SARS-CoV-2” intentionally misled the public. In “Proximal Origin,” the authors insisted natural evolution was the most likely scenario, but in private, they thought a lab leak was the most likely origin
  • Correspondence shows the conspiracy to misdirect the public was driven by obedience to higher-ups within the U.S. and UK governments, including, potentially, the intelligence community
  • Based on the evidence now in the public domain showing that the authors of “Proximal Origin” did not believe their published conclusions, Biosafety Now! has launched a petition calling on Nature Medicine to retract the paper

The same people who went out of their way to convince us that SARS-CoV-2 emerged through natural evolution in the wild were privately saying they were convinced it came from a lab.

Now, were SARS-CoV-2 to be publicly acknowledged to be a genetically engineered lab-escape, the obvious conclusion would be that we need to shut down much of the gain-of-function research that led to its creation. Needless to say, that would be a significant setback for the biosecurity agenda, which needs pandemics to justify the centralization of power and decision-making.

Zoonotic Transmission Is Not the Threat It’s Made Out To Be

The fact of the matter is, zoonotic transmission is extremely rare, and most if not all global pandemics with lethal outcomes can be traced back to lab experiments. As just one example, USA Today1 recently reiterated the debunked claim that the 2013 Ebola outbreak in West Africa was caused by infected bush meat. (Another widely circulated hypothesis is that it emerged from infected bats.)

However, as detailed in “Turns Out, Ebola Likely Leaked From a Lab as Well,” there’s compelling evidence linking that outbreak to a U.S.-run research laboratory in Kenema, Sierra Leone. And, curiously, many of the same individuals, companies and organizations involved in the Ebola epidemic have also been linked to the alleged creation of SARS-CoV-2.

The idea that pathogens will jump species and kill humans is a useful scare tactic, however, and it’s now being pushed like never before under One Health — a global agenda that will allow unelected bureaucrats at the World Health Organization to centralize power and make decisions relating to diet, agriculture and livestock farming, environmental pollution, movement of populations, health care and much more, for the entire world.

Report Predicts Next Pandemic May Come From Meat

To that end, a report2 from the Brooks McCormick Jr. Animal Law & Policy Program at Harvard Law School and the Center for Environmental & Animal Protection at New York University now predicts that the next pandemic is likely to emerge from the U.S. meat supply — or the fur trade, or a petting zoo, or from pets.

It basically reviews all the different areas of life and commerce that involve animal and human contact, however brief or rare, and the subsequent hypothetical zoonotic transmission chains. Not surprisingly, One Health documents are repeatedly referenced in this report.

Overall, the One Health agenda calls for minimizing or eliminating certain animal-human contact, sterilizing areas where animals are kept or butchered, and/or increasing the use of antibiotics and vaccines in animals across the board. It also calls for massively increased biosurveillance and testing.

In contrast, the report in question primarily focuses on legislative and regulatory actions to curtail zoonotic disease, including the potential banning of certain animal practices that “present great risk but relatively little value, economic or otherwise.”

Will the warnings in this report be used to justify the transition to fake meat? It certainly wouldn’t surprise me. The fake meat industry wants you to believe that their cell-based lab-concoctions are the answer to today’s environmental woes, and that includes the threat of zoonotic disease transmission, as lab-grown meat is grown in highly hygienic and sterile (supposedly) conditions.3

Basically, the One Health narrative is that the natural environment poses countless risks to human health and must therefore be controlled. Meanwhile, it’s mankind’s efforts to control and replace nature in the first place that is causing most of the problems.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

The ‘Proximal Origin’ Scandal

While the One Health narrative is that pandemics are caused by animals, there’s little doubt that the next pandemic will come from a lab, just like most previous pandemics, including COVID-19. Over the past several months, more and more evidence has emerged showing that the scientists who wrote “Proximal Origin of SARS-CoV-24 intentionally misled the public.

“Proximal Origin,” which became the most-cited paper (a Letter to the Editor mischaracterized everywhere as a serious scientific review), claimed SARS-CoV-2 emerged through natural evolution and spread via a wet market in Wuhan, China, and that there was no evidence to suggest genetic engineering or a lab origin.

Private communications, however, reveal they suspected the virus had leaked from the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV) and had been genetically engineered to infect humans.

Mounting evidence also suggests this act of misdirection (to put it diplomatically) was done at the behest of Dr. Anthony Fauci (then-director of the National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, NIAID), Dr. Francis Collins (then-director of the National Institutes of Health, NIH) and Sir. Jeremy Farrar (then-head of the Wellcome Trust).

Correspondence shows the conspiracy to misdirect the public was driven by obedience to higher-ups within the U.S. and UK governments, including, potentially, the intelligence community.

As noted in a July 20, 2023, Public Substack article by independent journalists Alex Gutentag, Leighton Woodhouse and Michael Shellenberger:5

“The documents … show [Kristian] Andersen and his co-authors, Andrew Rambaut, Edward C. Holmes, and Robert F. Garry, conspiring — by which we mean they made secret plans to engage in deceptive and unethical behavior and — to spread disinformation.

Their conspiracy included coordinating with their ‘higher-ups’ in the U.S. and UK governments to deceive journalists … We … today … release the full cache of Slack messages and emails covering the discussions between Andersen et al. as they wrote their influential ‘Proximal Origin’ paper, which Anthony Fauci and others in the U.S. government used to dismiss the lab leak hypothesis.”

While Fauci’s role in the creation of this paper has garnered the most attention, a more central culprit in this coverup may actually be Farrar — and he’s now the chief scientist for the WHO, a fact that hardly inspires confidence in the WHO’s future adherence to scientific truth and fact. The email exchange below between Andersen and Farrar (with other authors cc’d) suggests Farrar was a key decision-maker.

Proof of a Conspiracy

A 140-page PDF containing the “Proximal Origin” author’s Slack messages and a 163-page PDF of emails can be downloaded from the Public article,6 in which Gutentag, Woodhouse and Shellenberger go on to highlight some of the takeaways from this correspondence.

For starters, in “Proximal Origin,” the authors insisted natural evolution was the most likely scenario, but in private, they thought a lab leak was the most likely origin.

In “Proximal Origin” they claimed “the evidence shows that SARS-CoV-2 is not a purposefully manipulated virus” and that “we do not believe that any type of laboratory-based scenario is plausible.” Behind the scenes, however, Andersen wrote:

“I think the main thing still in my mind is that the lab escape version of this is so friggin’ likely to have happened because they were already doing this type of work and the molecular data is fully consistent with that scenario.”

Andersen also stated that “The main issue is that accidental escape is in fact highly likely — it’s not some fringe theory.” Farrar and the other authors expressed similar views:7

  • February 2, 2020, Dr. Robert Garry wrote, “I really can’t think of a plausible natural scenario … I just can’t figure out how this gets accomplished in nature … Of course, in the lab it would be easy …”
  • February 2, 2020, Dr. Michael Farzan wrote he was “bothered by the furin site” and had “a hard time explain[ing] that as an event outside the lab … I am 70:30 or 60:40 [lab].”
  • February 2, 2020, Dr. Andrew Rambaut wrote, “From a (natural) evolutionary point of view the only thing here that strikes me as unusual is the furin cleavage site.”
  • February 4, 2020, Dr. Edward Holmes indicated that he was “60-40 lab,” and Farrar wrote, “I am 50-50 [lab].”

Holmes also commented: “No way selection could occur in the market. Too low a density of mammals: just small groups of 3-4 in cases,” and Garry wrote:8

“Transmitting a bat virus-like RatG13 in HeLa cells and then asking your graduate student to insert a furin site … would get you there. It’s not crackpot to suggest this could have happened given the Gain of Function research we know is happening …

I’m thinking mostly about the PRRA to generate the furin site. Relatively easy to drop 12 bases in. The proline is the hang-up — why add that? Makes me think the cell culture passage scenario is possible/probably assuming this has in fact been observed before by Farzan and Fouchier.”

The following graphic, created by @RAEMKA1 and reposted by KanekoaTheGreat on Twitter summarizes the scientific consensus among the “Proximal Origin” authors:

Truth Took Backseat to Self-Preservation please click link for video.

Indeed, Andersen called Fauci February 1, 2020, specifically because he was concerned that the virus showed signs of being engineered. Immediately after that phone call, Fauci contacted Farrar and raised the possibility of taking the concern to the FBI in the U.S. and MI5 in the UK.

Instead, Farrar organized a conference call that led to the creation of “Proximal Origin.”9 From the emails, we know that the genetic engineering aspect of SARS-CoV-2 was discussed. However, concerns about harm to science apparently weighed heavier. After the call, Ron Fouchier wrote:10

“An accusation that nCoV-2019 might have been engineered and released into the environment by humans (accidental or intentional) would need to be supported by strong data, beyond reasonable doubt.

It is good that this possibility was discussed in detail with a team of experts. However, further debate about such accusations would unnecessarily distract top researchers from their active duties and do unnecessary harm to science in general and science in China in particular.”

In a February 9, 2020, email, Christian Drosten also confirmed that the group had been “convened to challenge a certain theory,” and if possible, “drop” or eliminate that theory (i.e., the lab leak theory) from the public and scientific conversation. As recently as the day before, February 8, Andersen had made a case for keeping the possibility of a lab leak open, stating:11

“Our main work over the last couple of weeks has been focused on trying to disprove any type of lab theory, but we are at a crossroad where the scientific evidence isn’t conclusive enough to say that we have high confidence in any of the three main theories considered.”

Authors Never Believed in the Pangolin Theory

In “Proximal Origin,” the authors went on to blame pangolins as an intermediate host between bats and humans, but in private, they remained unconvinced. The conclusion in “Proximal Origin” reads:12

“The presence in pangolins of an RBD [receptor binding domain] very similar to that of SARS-CoV-2 means that we can infer this was also probably in the virus that jumped to humans.”

However, shortly before the “Proximal Origin” pre-print was published, Andersen wrote: “For all I know, people could have infected the pangolin, not the other way,” and the day after the pre-print, he commented: “Clearly none of these pangolin sequences was the source though.”

Authors Thought Lab Leak Was Likely Months After Publication

The authors also clearly thought a lab leak was possible months after publishing the “Proximal Origin” paper. In mid-April 2020, a month after the paper was officially published and two months after the preprint was posted, Andersen wrote to his coauthors:

“I’m still not fully convinced that no culture was involved … are we absolutely certain that no culture could have been involved? What concerns me here are some of the comments by Shi in the SciAm article (‘I had to check the lab’ etc) and the fact that the furin site is being messed with in vitro …

Finally, the paper that was shared with us showing a very similar phenomenon (exactly 12 bp insertion) in other CoV’s has me concerned … We also can’t fully rule out engineering (for basic research).”

In fact, the authors — like so many other independent scientists, researchers and journalists — suspected Shi Zhengli’s work at the WIV could have produced SARS-CoV-2. As reported by Public:13

“Andersen discussed some of her papers in early February and noted his concerns about gain-of-function experiments on MERS and SARS viruses. In mid-April he noted that Shi’s work was ‘the main reason I have been so concerned about the ‘culture’ scenario.’

Cell culturing is a method through which viruses can be passed multiple times through cells in order to render them more infectious and is exactly the kind of ‘laboratory-based scenario’ the authors ruled out in their paper.”

Conspiracy Driven by Obedience to Higher-Ups

Finally, the correspondence shows that the conspiracy to misdirect, if not outright deceive, the public was driven by obedience to higher-ups within the U.S. and UK governments, including Farrar, Fauci and Collins, but also, potentially, other unnamed individuals within various government agencies and/or the intelligence community.

While Andersen has publicly denied that Fauci had any involvement in the publication, in an email to the journal Nature, Andersen specified that the paper had been “prompted” by Fauci, Collins and Farrar.14 If you want to take a deeper dive into how the “Proximal Origin” paper was created, check out U.S. Right to Know’s timeline.15

Scientists Call for Retraction of ‘Proximal Origin’

Based on all the evidence now in the public domain showing that the authors of “Proximal Origin” did not believe their published conclusions, Biosafety Now! has launched a petition16 calling on Nature Medicine to retract the paper. As noted by Biosafety Now!:

“Email messages and direct messages via the messaging program Slack among authors of the paper obtained under FOIA or by the U.S. Congress and publicly released in full in July 2023 … show, incontrovertibly, that the authors did not believe the conclusions of the paper at the time the paper was written, at the time the paper was submitted for publication, and at the time the paper was published.

They thus show that the paper was, and is, the product of scientific fraud and scientific misconduct. It is imperative that this clearly fraudulent and clearly damaging paper be removed from the scientific literature.”

Among the many problems with this plan is the fact that taxpayers will now be paying for government’s funding of private corporations involved in the fake food industry. The end result is predictable. What we’ll have is a repeat of what happened with farm subsidies.

Rather than subsidizing the most nutritious foods, government farm subsidies go almost exclusively to large monoculture farms growing genetically engineered corn, soy and other basic ingredients used in processed foods. As a result, the processed food industry has grown on our dime while public health has deteriorated.

The same thing will happen here. Instead of investing in regenerative agriculture, which is what could really solve our problems, government is backing a whole new industry of fake foods, from lab-grown meats to large-scale insect production.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

Cultivated Meats Get Green-Light

At present, two cell-based lab-grown meat companies have received the green light to produce and sell fake chicken in the U.S. The first, Upside Foods (previously Memphis Meats), received FDA approval for its cell-based lab-grown chicken in November 2022.6 According to the FDA’s November 14, 2022, memo:7

“We have no questions at this time about UPSIDE’s conclusion that foods comprised of or containing cultured chicken cell material resulting from the production process … are as safe as comparable foods produced by other methods.”

Dr. Uma Valeti, CEO and founder of Upside Foods, called the approval “a watershed moment in the history of food” and a “major step toward a new era in meat production.” The company has a 53,000-square-foot facility in the San Francisco Bay Area capable of producing 400,000 pounds of fake meat per year.

In March 2023, Eat Just — which has been selling its lab-grown chicken in Singapore since 2020 — also received FDA approval. The company is currently building a commercial-scale facility in the U.S. that will house 10 250,000-liter bioreactors.8 Vítor Espírito Santo, senior director of Eat Just’s cellular agriculture division, told Food Dive:9

“The Singapore approval was a big, big deal. But it’s undeniable that the U.S., the FDA approval, is something that we were looking forward [to] for many years, and I think it’s a big game changer for the industry.

We have two countries now. Hopefully now this keeps happening in more and more jurisdictions, and cultivated meat can become a reality worldwide.”

Safety Data Is Sorely Lacking

While the U.S. government is moving full speed ahead with approvals for lab-grown meats, a Food Hazards Identification report10 by the British Food standards Agency (FSA) and Food Standards Scotland, published in March 2023, warns there are “considerable gaps in knowledge” when it comes to cell-based meat production. As reported by Food Safety News March 24, 2023:11

“The purpose of the report was to identify hazards in the cultivated meat production process to help inform the FSA risk assessment process for authorization. It was also important that products do not pose any microbiological or chemical concerns. The research was based on a review of scientific literature in 2020.

There was little or no data on the final analytical composition of products, key toxicology data, nutrition profiles, product stability, allergy risk, and any recorded adverse effects when consumed by animals or humans …

The FSA report found there are several stages of development for producing cultured meat and at each one, different chemicals, biologics, media formulations, additives, and supplements are used. The contamination risk of each input needs to be assessed, as any undesirable components that remain in the final product need to be at an acceptable exposure level or be food-grade and safe.”

Examples of Potential Hazards

https://rumble.com/embed/v28jyho/?pub=4Video Link

Potential problem areas identified by the FSA include:12,13

Contaminated reagents, air or water bathsPoorly cleaned or maintained equipment
Failing to follow cleaning protocols when culturing cellsFailing to follow good laboratory practices (GLP) and/or good manufacturing practices (GMP)
Use of antibiotics, fungicides and/or chemicals that are toxic to humans in the productionConsumption of viruses used in the manufacturing process
Cross-contamination of one cell line into another due to concomitant use of multiple cell linesOther cross-contamination risks, such as “poor maintenance of equipment, poor cleaning regimes, incorrect storage of cells, working with multiple cell lines in one area, using the wrong cells and incorrect labeling”
New diseases and/or allergic reactions to new proteins due to using cell lines of animals not common in the local dietNutritional deficiencies, “as the nutrition profile could be different from what it is replacing”

As noted in the report:14

“There are many stages of development for producing cultured meat … from taking a cell line from a small vial or biopsy and increasing the culture volume stepwise in stages (proliferation), until a commercial sized bioreactor can be seeded, to differentiating the cells to final desired cell type.

Then [they are] maturing them, usually on a scaffold, to increase the protein content, and then detaching/grinding the cells with/from their scaffold to produce a final product that can be used to make meat like cells. At each stage, different chemicals, biologics, media formulations, additives and supplements are used to ensure a successful culture.”

Contamination can occur at any of these steps. Each additive also poses potential risks, both known and unknown, as various byproducts are created in the process. In the video above, I review some of the many potential dangers associated with fake meats.

Considering the multistep processing cultivated meats undergo, it’s simply not possible for it to be as safe as conventional meat, where the primary contamination risks are limited to slaughter, processing, packaging, distribution and storage. With fake meats, hazardous contamination can occur at any point during manufacturing, in addition to these conventional “weak points.” 

Fake Meat Is Ultraprocessed Greenwashed Junk Food

Synthetic meat is the epitome of ultraprocessed food,15 and it seems naïve to think it won’t have health effects similar to other ultraprocessed junk foods. Obesity,16 Type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, cancer and depression are but a few examples of conditions known to be promoted and exacerbated by a processed food diet.17,18,19,20,21

Ultraprocessed foods already account for up to one-third of total diet-related greenhouse gas emissions. So, how is expanding the manufacturing and consumption of even more ultraprocessed foods going to lower greenhouse gas emissions?

Synthetic foods will likely be an even bigger driver or chronic ill health and early death. Ultraprocessed foods are also completely counterproductive to environmentally “green” and sustainable goals.

For example, ultraprocessed foods already account for 17% to 39% of total diet-related energy use, 36% to 45% of total diet-related biodiversity loss and up to one-third of total diet-related greenhouse gas emissions.22 So, how is expanding the manufacturing and consumption of even more ultraprocessed foods going to lower greenhouse gas emissions? As noted in a September 2022 Journal of Cleaner Production paper:23

“Ultraprocessed foods are fundamentally unsustainable products; they have been associated with poor health and social outcomes and require finite environmental resources for their production … are responsible for significant diet-related energy, [and] greenhouse gas emissions.”

And, for all the lip service paid to “equity,” increasing consumption of processed foods will actually worsen economic inequalities, as it redirects money away from small farmers and independent homesteaders to transnational corporations that rely on underpaid workers.

Be Part of the Solution

https://rumble.com/embed/v2947vm/?pub=4Video Link

Ultimately, the answer to food safety and food security lies not in a biotech-centered food system that is controlled from the top down, but rather in a decentralized system that connects communities with farmers who grow real food in sustainable ways and distribute that food locally.

Strategies that can get us there were covered in the Children’s Health Defense’s March 4, 2023, Attack on Food symposium (video above). Food Sovereignty was primarily covered in Session 3, which begins at three hours and 45 minutes.

For example, Dr. John Day and Beverly Johannson shared tips on how to grow your own food and preserve the food you grow. Other helpful strategies include buying food from local farmers and farmers markets, and creating independent food hubs that cut out the middlemen.

The final session of the symposium dealt with larger societal solutions to fight back against the war on food. U.S. Rep. Thomas Massie highlighted core vulnerabilities in the U.S. food supply, which fell apart during the pandemic when farmers had to euthanize animals because they couldn’t get them processed.

Four meatpackers control 85% of the meat that’s processed in the U.S. One of them is owned by China, one by Brazil and the other two are multinational corporations. Food prices are going up while farmers are going broke. In 2017, Massie introduced the Processing Revival and Intrastate Meat Exemption (PRIME) Act,24 but the bill hasn’t moved since its introduction in the House.

The PRIME Act would allow farmers to sell meat processed at smaller slaughtering facilities and allow states to set their own meat processing standards, because small slaughterhouses do not have an inspector on staff — a requirement that only large facilities can easily fulfill — they’re banned from selling their meat. The PRIME Act would lift this regulation without sacrificing safety, as random USDA inspections could still occur.

“If a farmer wants to sell pork, beef or lamb to a consumer, as long as that consumer and that farmer and that processor are all in the same state, they’re not crossing state lines, they keep the federal government out of that transaction,” he said.

Massey has also introduced legislation to protect access to raw milk (HR 4835, the Interstate Milk Freedom Act of 202125).26 The bill was introduced at the end of July 2021, as an amendment to the 2018 Farm bill. Contact your representatives and urge them to support these bills.


Flax Is Not a Health Food — Stop Consuming It and Use It to Paint Instead

Analysis by Ashley Armstrong

  • June 04, 2024

Previous

Do You Have Hypnic Jerks?

Broccoli Sprouts Provide Greater Benefits Than Full-Grown Broccoli

flax high pufa estrogenic

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • Flax, historically used in paints and industrial applications, is often marketed as a health food despite its potential negative effects on metabolism and long-term health
  • The principal use of flax oil in the past has been for industrial purposes, such as paint, due to its high polyunsaturated fat (PUFA) content, which makes it prone to oxidation
  • Consuming flaxseed oil, synonymous with linseed oil, can be harmful because PUFAs are unstable and oxidize easily
  • Flaxseeds also contain lignans, a type of phytoestrogen, which can mimic estrogen and contribute to hormonal imbalances, increasing the risk of conditions like breast cancer
  • Excess PUFA consumption lowers thyroid and metabolism, as thyroid hormone (the master metabolic regulator) is blocked at the production, transport, and cellular action steps by PUFA

When evaluating something as a ‘health food’ — we have to put our ‘metabolism lenses’ on. Does this improve metabolism and thus long-term health? Or, are there potentially some minute short-term benefits that come with long-term consequences and a down-regulation of metabolism? (Which will negatively impact health.)

There is really good marketing out there trying to convince us that ingredients historically used as paint are now a superfood. (Because it is extremely profitable!) One example is flaxseed and flaxseed oil — you should not be consuming these! And to better understand why, let’s briefly review why it works really well for paint!

The principal use of the oil in flax in the past has been in paints, coating and other industrial uses — the fibers were used to make fishing nets, ropes, and sailcloths and the linseed oil obtained from the flax plant has been one of the most important binders for oil paint for more than 500 years.

Flax is rich in an omega-3 polyunsaturated fat (PUFA) alpha-linoleic, C18:3. PUFAs contain 2 or more double bonds (shown in green, below), and each double bond in the fat makes it more unstable and prone to oxidation.

flax omega-3 polyunsaturated fat graph

The structures of a saturated, monounsaturated, and polyunsaturated fat. Note the differences in points of unsaturation (C=C double bonds) on some of the fatty acids. From Nutrition: Science and Everyday Application, v. 1.0.

The longer the chains of these PUFA get (such as ALA), the more unsaturated and unstable they become.

How Flaxseed Went From Paint to ‘Health Food’

flaxseed oil

Flaxseed oil or flax oil is technically synonymous with the term ‘linseed oil,’ as both refer to the oil obtained from the dried, ripened seeds of the flax plant. The oil is obtained by pressing, sometimes involving a lot of chemicals for more industrial uses. Some refer to the ‘edible’ oil as flaxseed oil, and the industrial use as linseed oil. But the fatty acid composition of flaxseed oil or linseed oil (used interchangeably) are both PUFA rich.

Linseed oil works well as a paint due to its high level of PUFAs — all of those double bonds make them extremely prone to oxidation. In fact, linseed oil is classified as a “drying oil,” meaning it transitions from a liquid to a solid film through oxidative reactions.

“When this flax oil is exposed to air, the double bonds of ALA react with oxygen and result in relatively soft, durable film. This property is known as ‘drying’ quality of linseed oil.”1

first coat of paint
your country needs flax
autoxidation process

However, newer petroleum products started to enter the market in place of linseed oil since they could be made cheaper, and this led to the reduced reliance on flax.2 So, the flax industry needed to find another market for it — enter the health food market and lots of marketing!

new petroleum products

“50 years ago, paints and varnishes were made of soy oil, safflower oil, and linseed (flax seed) oil. Then chemists learned how to make paint from petroleum, which was much cheaper. As a result, the huge seed oil industry found its crop increasingly hard to sell.

Around the same time, farmers were experimenting with poisons to make their pigs get fatter with less food, and they discovered that corn and soy beans served the purpose, in a legal way.

The crops that had been grown for the paint industry came to be used for animal food. Then these foods that made animals get fat cheaply came to be promoted as foods for humans, but they had to direct attention away from the fact that they are very fattening. The ‘cholesterol’ focus was just one of the marketing tools used by the oil industry.

Unfortunately it [the false claims about cholesterol & saturated fat] is the one that has lasted the longest, even after the unsaturated oils were proven to cause heart disease as well as cancer.” ~ Dr. Ray Peat

Flax Is High in Estrogenic Compounds Too

Have you ever noticed that flax oils can only be purchased in dark containers, and must be stored in the fridge? (They oxidize in the presence of heat and oxygen). Can you imagine what happens when you consume this and put it in your warm, oxygen-rich body? (The inside of our body should be 98.6 deg F.) And yes, flax contains some fiber but still has a lot of PUFAs.

•Per 100 grams:

◦The oil extracted out of flax contains 100 grams of fat with 14.3 grams of linoleic acid and 53.4 grams of ALA.

◦Whole flax contains less fat (42.4 grams) since there is fiber, but still 5.9 grams linoleic acid and 22.8 grams ALA.

You can get these fibers in from other foods without all this PUFA. But there are other negative health consequences outside of the high susceptibility to oxidation. Flaxseeds contain a type of phytoestrogen called lignans. Phytoestrogens act like estrogen in the body (and we do not need more estrogen in modern times). “[L]ignans that are structurally similar to known estrogenic compounds.”3

Another example of a well-known phytoestrogen is isoflavones in soy. Well, flax is 20 times stronger than soy when it comes to the estrogenic impact!

Dr. Hobbins is a former surgeon who pioneered breast cancer detection through mammography and thermography. Dr. Hobbins and Wendy Sellers have hundreds of thermogram images showing striking visual evidence that estrogenic foods (including flax) promote vascularization and angiogenesis in the breast tissue, increasing the risk of breast cancer.4

Misinformed health care workers and manipulated studies are promoting these phytoestrogenic foods as cancer-preventing — when instead they could be making matters worse!

Add on top of this that the accumulation of PUFAs in tissues promotes the action of estrogen by activating aromatase AND people with lower metabolic rates are pooping less and less (pooping isn’t just to get rid of food waste, it is also a way to get rid of used hormones and other toxins in the body! So not pooping every day will cause some estrogen re-absorption).

Save This Article for Later – Get the PDF Now

Download PDF

Are You Really Low in Estrogen?

In this estrogenic and PUFA rich world — no wonder hormonal imbalances are rampant, and testosterone is plummeting in men! Many people believe that they are LOW in estrogen due to bloodwork. Unfortunately, serum estrogen levels are NOT representative of estrogen that has been stored in tissues. Estrogen can be low in plasma, but high in tissues.5

And when stored estrogen is assessed, most people are estrogen dominant due to high PUFA diets and exposure to environmental estrogens from pesticides and plastics. And for women, add on many years of birth control loading up on exogenous estrogen! So you likely do not need more estrogenic foods (like flax).

A simple way to gauge estrogen storage in fat and tissues is a simple prolactin blood test, as prolactin blood tests can be used as a proxy for stored estrogen since estrogen promotes the production of prolactin. Ideally prolactin is less than 10 ng/mL.

Excess PUFA Lowers Thyroid Function

Another reason to not eat flax — excess PUFA consumption lowers thyroid and metabolism — as thyroid hormone (the master metabolic regulator) is blocked at the production,6 transport,7 and cellular action8 steps by PUFA.

“Fatty acids inhibited the binding of T3 to both receptor proteins (TR-alpha and TR-beta) … The effectiveness of inhibition depends on the chain length and degree of saturation of the fatty acids.”9

Further, PUFAs block proper carb metabolism more so than saturated fats10 by inhibiting the function of the PDH enzyme11,12 and cytochrome C oxidase13 — two vital components in glucose metabolism. And the negative effect on glucose metabolism increases with chain length and degree of unsaturation of the fatty acids.14 In fact, flax consumption has been shown to make you more insulin resistant and hinder carb utilization.15,16

Flax Inhibits Cholesterol Production

Another undesirable trait of flax is that it lowers endogenous production of cholesterol — which may sound good initially. But cholesterol is the building block of steroid hormones, and lowering cholesterol through estrogenic foods like flax will lower testosterone in males and progesterone in females. Plus, anything that suppresses your cholesterol synthesis increases the risk of cancer (like statins).

The best way to lower elevated cholesterol levels is to improve thyroid (which will still allow the body to make adequate androgens). Hormones are a downstream effect and should not try to be manipulated through estrogenic-rich foods. Fix metabolism and thyroid health, and hormonal balance will come easier! Instead of flax, try:

  • Reducing PUFA consumption and instead prioritize saturated fats
  • Lowering plastic exposure
  • Consuming carbohydrates to boost thyroid and metabolism (adequate thyroid is essential for both the production of progesterone and the detoxification of estrogen by the liver)
  • Supplementing with bio identical progesterone, as needed (adequate progesterone levels help keep estrogen in check)
  • Ensuring adequate Vitamin B6 consumption (serves as a prolactin inhibitor)

Transform Your Health — One Step at a Time

rooted in resilience

Ashley and her sister Sarah have put together a truly groundbreaking step-by-step course called “Rooted in Resilience.” They have compiled what clearly is the best application of Dr. Ray Peat’s work on Bioenergetic Medicine that I have ever seen.

It is so good that I am using the core of their program to teach the many Health Coaches that I am in the process of training for the new Mercola Health Clinics I am opening this fall. It took these women working nearly full-time on this project for a year to create it.

This has to be one of the absolute best values for health education I have ever seen. If you want to understand why you struggle with health problems and then have a clear program on how to reverse those challenges, then this is the course for you.

It is precisely the type of program I wish I would have had access to when I got out of medical school. I fumbled around for decades before I reached the conclusion they discuss in the course and share with you so you can restore your cellular energy production and recover your health.

Select and eat the right foods to heal your metabolism and improve glucose utilization
Balance your hormones to help reduce anxiety, weight gain and sleep disturbances
Use reverse dieting to increase your calories without gaining weight and tanking your metabolism, all while improving your energy levels
Heal your gut for proper immune function, mood and weight management
Tweak your diet and lifestyle habits to improve your mindset and mental health
Crush your fitness goals with ease and get your life back on track
Master the most essential habits for health with bonus guides, including over 100 meal plans to take the stress out of meal time planning and shopping, and so much more!

Learn more about Rooted in Resilience here.

rooted in resilience

About the Author

Ashley Armstrong is the cofounder of Angel Acres Egg Co., which specializes in low-PUFA (polyunsaturated fat) eggs that are shipped to all 50 states (join waitlist here), and Nourish Cooperative, which ships low-PUFA pork, beef, cheese, A2 dairy and traditional sourdough to all 50 states. Waitlists will reopen shortly.

– Sources and References

– Sources and References

Bio-terror as a method of government.

Links

Aliens and planet Earth

Ashtar Sharon gfl W Asar Sharon & New Earth.

AETHER (FREE) ENERGY.

Carbon dioxide and Health

If our selected leaders would be more careful in choosing their words, life would more be like heaven.

Religions, The State/Media and humanity.

Remote viewing and Alien interventions on planet earth

Ancient origin.

Baba Vanga and the predictions for Europe/West.

Reel

Human farm and children
Deep fake a big threat, wat is real?

The Chemtrail mystery?
E.U. Parliament in Action.
Child trafficking.
The silent monetary Revolution.

Two video’s, please click on link!

Bill Cooper illuminati people not able to see their enemy. Adam and Eve where prisoners

If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.

Something is wrong.

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

NASA, would you trust them again after Mars?
The great Awakening & Alien blood users?

“We are the Borg. Resistance is futile. Your race will be assimilated and service to us.”

NWO and WEF plus free energy.

“A Covenant With Death”, by Bill Cooper.

WHO attempted power Grab!

The great Awakening, Plandemic 3 Video, please click on link:

The Great Awakening (Full, Unedited Movie) (rumble.com)
rumble.com/v2s0gp8-plandemic-3-the-great-awakening-full-unedited-movie.html

https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp/2023/05/26/get-ready-the-alien-intervention-is-here